US20090182144A1 - Binding inhibitor of sphingosine-1-phosphate - Google Patents

Binding inhibitor of sphingosine-1-phosphate Download PDF

Info

Publication number
US20090182144A1
US20090182144A1 US12/278,477 US27847707A US2009182144A1 US 20090182144 A1 US20090182144 A1 US 20090182144A1 US 27847707 A US27847707 A US 27847707A US 2009182144 A1 US2009182144 A1 US 2009182144A1
Authority
US
United States
Prior art keywords
group
substituted
alkyl
compound
substituent
Prior art date
Legal status (The legal status is an assumption and is not a legal conclusion. Google has not performed a legal analysis and makes no representation as to the accuracy of the status listed.)
Granted
Application number
US12/278,477
Other versions
US7994204B2 (en
Inventor
Naoya Ono
Tetsuo Takayama
Fumiyasu Shiozawa
Hironori Katakai
Tetsuya Yabuuchi
Tomomi Ota
Takeshi Koami
Rie Nishikawa
Current Assignee (The listed assignees may be inaccurate. Google has not performed a legal analysis and makes no representation or warranty as to the accuracy of the list.)
Taisho Pharmaceutical Co Ltd
Original Assignee
Taisho Pharmaceutical Co Ltd
Priority date (The priority date is an assumption and is not a legal conclusion. Google has not performed a legal analysis and makes no representation as to the accuracy of the date listed.)
Filing date
Publication date
Application filed by Taisho Pharmaceutical Co Ltd filed Critical Taisho Pharmaceutical Co Ltd
Assigned to TAISHO PHARMACEUTICAL CO., LTD. reassignment TAISHO PHARMACEUTICAL CO., LTD. ASSIGNMENT OF ASSIGNORS INTEREST (SEE DOCUMENT FOR DETAILS). Assignors: KATAKAI, HIRONORI, KOAMI, TAKESHI, NISHIKAWA, RIE, ONO, NAOYA, OTA, TOMOMI, SHIOZAWA, FUMIYASU, TAKAYAMA, TETSUO, YABUUCHI, TETSUYA
Publication of US20090182144A1 publication Critical patent/US20090182144A1/en
Application granted granted Critical
Publication of US7994204B2 publication Critical patent/US7994204B2/en
Expired - Fee Related legal-status Critical Current
Adjusted expiration legal-status Critical

Links

Classifications

    • CCHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C07ORGANIC CHEMISTRY
    • C07DHETEROCYCLIC COMPOUNDS
    • C07D233/00Heterocyclic compounds containing 1,3-diazole or hydrogenated 1,3-diazole rings, not condensed with other rings
    • C07D233/54Heterocyclic compounds containing 1,3-diazole or hydrogenated 1,3-diazole rings, not condensed with other rings having two double bonds between ring members or between ring members and non-ring members
    • C07D233/66Heterocyclic compounds containing 1,3-diazole or hydrogenated 1,3-diazole rings, not condensed with other rings having two double bonds between ring members or between ring members and non-ring members with hetero atoms or with carbon atoms having three bonds to hetero atoms with at the most one bond to halogen, e.g. ester or nitrile radicals, directly attached to ring carbon atoms
    • C07D233/70One oxygen atom
    • AHUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61PSPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
    • A61P1/00Drugs for disorders of the alimentary tract or the digestive system
    • A61P1/02Stomatological preparations, e.g. drugs for caries, aphtae, periodontitis
    • AHUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61PSPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
    • A61P1/00Drugs for disorders of the alimentary tract or the digestive system
    • A61P1/04Drugs for disorders of the alimentary tract or the digestive system for ulcers, gastritis or reflux esophagitis, e.g. antacids, inhibitors of acid secretion, mucosal protectants
    • AHUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61PSPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
    • A61P11/00Drugs for disorders of the respiratory system
    • A61P11/06Antiasthmatics
    • AHUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61PSPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
    • A61P17/00Drugs for dermatological disorders
    • AHUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61PSPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
    • A61P17/00Drugs for dermatological disorders
    • A61P17/06Antipsoriatics
    • AHUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61PSPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
    • A61P19/00Drugs for skeletal disorders
    • A61P19/02Drugs for skeletal disorders for joint disorders, e.g. arthritis, arthrosis
    • AHUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61PSPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
    • A61P25/00Drugs for disorders of the nervous system
    • AHUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61PSPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
    • A61P27/00Drugs for disorders of the senses
    • A61P27/02Ophthalmic agents
    • AHUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61PSPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
    • A61P29/00Non-central analgesic, antipyretic or antiinflammatory agents, e.g. antirheumatic agents; Non-steroidal antiinflammatory drugs [NSAID]
    • AHUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61PSPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
    • A61P35/00Antineoplastic agents
    • AHUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61PSPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
    • A61P37/00Drugs for immunological or allergic disorders
    • A61P37/02Immunomodulators
    • AHUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61PSPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
    • A61P37/00Drugs for immunological or allergic disorders
    • A61P37/02Immunomodulators
    • A61P37/06Immunosuppressants, e.g. drugs for graft rejection
    • AHUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61PSPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
    • A61P37/00Drugs for immunological or allergic disorders
    • A61P37/08Antiallergic agents
    • AHUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61PSPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
    • A61P43/00Drugs for specific purposes, not provided for in groups A61P1/00-A61P41/00
    • AHUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61PSPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
    • A61P9/00Drugs for disorders of the cardiovascular system
    • A61P9/10Drugs for disorders of the cardiovascular system for treating ischaemic or atherosclerotic diseases, e.g. antianginal drugs, coronary vasodilators, drugs for myocardial infarction, retinopathy, cerebrovascula insufficiency, renal arteriosclerosis
    • CCHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C07ORGANIC CHEMISTRY
    • C07DHETEROCYCLIC COMPOUNDS
    • C07D233/00Heterocyclic compounds containing 1,3-diazole or hydrogenated 1,3-diazole rings, not condensed with other rings
    • C07D233/54Heterocyclic compounds containing 1,3-diazole or hydrogenated 1,3-diazole rings, not condensed with other rings having two double bonds between ring members or between ring members and non-ring members
    • C07D233/66Heterocyclic compounds containing 1,3-diazole or hydrogenated 1,3-diazole rings, not condensed with other rings having two double bonds between ring members or between ring members and non-ring members with hetero atoms or with carbon atoms having three bonds to hetero atoms with at the most one bond to halogen, e.g. ester or nitrile radicals, directly attached to ring carbon atoms
    • C07D233/84Sulfur atoms
    • CCHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C07ORGANIC CHEMISTRY
    • C07DHETEROCYCLIC COMPOUNDS
    • C07D403/00Heterocyclic compounds containing two or more hetero rings, having nitrogen atoms as the only ring hetero atoms, not provided for by group C07D401/00
    • C07D403/02Heterocyclic compounds containing two or more hetero rings, having nitrogen atoms as the only ring hetero atoms, not provided for by group C07D401/00 containing two hetero rings
    • C07D403/12Heterocyclic compounds containing two or more hetero rings, having nitrogen atoms as the only ring hetero atoms, not provided for by group C07D401/00 containing two hetero rings linked by a chain containing hetero atoms as chain links
    • CCHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C07ORGANIC CHEMISTRY
    • C07DHETEROCYCLIC COMPOUNDS
    • C07D405/00Heterocyclic compounds containing both one or more hetero rings having oxygen atoms as the only ring hetero atoms, and one or more rings having nitrogen as the only ring hetero atom
    • C07D405/02Heterocyclic compounds containing both one or more hetero rings having oxygen atoms as the only ring hetero atoms, and one or more rings having nitrogen as the only ring hetero atom containing two hetero rings
    • C07D405/12Heterocyclic compounds containing both one or more hetero rings having oxygen atoms as the only ring hetero atoms, and one or more rings having nitrogen as the only ring hetero atom containing two hetero rings linked by a chain containing hetero atoms as chain links
    • CCHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C07ORGANIC CHEMISTRY
    • C07DHETEROCYCLIC COMPOUNDS
    • C07D409/00Heterocyclic compounds containing two or more hetero rings, at least one ring having sulfur atoms as the only ring hetero atoms
    • C07D409/02Heterocyclic compounds containing two or more hetero rings, at least one ring having sulfur atoms as the only ring hetero atoms containing two hetero rings
    • C07D409/12Heterocyclic compounds containing two or more hetero rings, at least one ring having sulfur atoms as the only ring hetero atoms containing two hetero rings linked by a chain containing hetero atoms as chain links
    • CCHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C07ORGANIC CHEMISTRY
    • C07DHETEROCYCLIC COMPOUNDS
    • C07D409/00Heterocyclic compounds containing two or more hetero rings, at least one ring having sulfur atoms as the only ring hetero atoms
    • C07D409/14Heterocyclic compounds containing two or more hetero rings, at least one ring having sulfur atoms as the only ring hetero atoms containing three or more hetero rings
    • CCHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C07ORGANIC CHEMISTRY
    • C07DHETEROCYCLIC COMPOUNDS
    • C07D413/00Heterocyclic compounds containing two or more hetero rings, at least one ring having nitrogen and oxygen atoms as the only ring hetero atoms
    • C07D413/02Heterocyclic compounds containing two or more hetero rings, at least one ring having nitrogen and oxygen atoms as the only ring hetero atoms containing two hetero rings
    • C07D413/12Heterocyclic compounds containing two or more hetero rings, at least one ring having nitrogen and oxygen atoms as the only ring hetero atoms containing two hetero rings linked by a chain containing hetero atoms as chain links
    • CCHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C07ORGANIC CHEMISTRY
    • C07DHETEROCYCLIC COMPOUNDS
    • C07D413/00Heterocyclic compounds containing two or more hetero rings, at least one ring having nitrogen and oxygen atoms as the only ring hetero atoms
    • C07D413/14Heterocyclic compounds containing two or more hetero rings, at least one ring having nitrogen and oxygen atoms as the only ring hetero atoms containing three or more hetero rings
    • CCHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C07ORGANIC CHEMISTRY
    • C07DHETEROCYCLIC COMPOUNDS
    • C07D417/00Heterocyclic compounds containing two or more hetero rings, at least one ring having nitrogen and sulfur atoms as the only ring hetero atoms, not provided for by group C07D415/00
    • C07D417/02Heterocyclic compounds containing two or more hetero rings, at least one ring having nitrogen and sulfur atoms as the only ring hetero atoms, not provided for by group C07D415/00 containing two hetero rings
    • C07D417/12Heterocyclic compounds containing two or more hetero rings, at least one ring having nitrogen and sulfur atoms as the only ring hetero atoms, not provided for by group C07D415/00 containing two hetero rings linked by a chain containing hetero atoms as chain links
    • CCHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C07ORGANIC CHEMISTRY
    • C07DHETEROCYCLIC COMPOUNDS
    • C07D417/00Heterocyclic compounds containing two or more hetero rings, at least one ring having nitrogen and sulfur atoms as the only ring hetero atoms, not provided for by group C07D415/00
    • C07D417/14Heterocyclic compounds containing two or more hetero rings, at least one ring having nitrogen and sulfur atoms as the only ring hetero atoms, not provided for by group C07D415/00 containing three or more hetero rings

Definitions

  • the present invention relates to novel compounds which have an inhibitory effect on the binding between sphingosine-1-phosphate having various physiological actions and its receptor Edg-1 (Endothelial differentiation gene receptor type-1, S1P 1 ).
  • the present invention also relates to pharmaceutical preparations comprising these compounds as active ingredients, and synthetic intermediates for these compounds.
  • Sphingosine-1-phosphate (hereinafter referred to as “S1P”) is a physiologically active lipid which is generated when sphingolipids (typified by sphingomyelin) are metabolized in cells.
  • S1P is known to have a wide variety of actions such as cell differentiation induction, cell growth stimulation, cell motility inhibition and apoptosis inhibition, and is also known to show physiological actions such as angiogenesis, bradycardia induction, inflammatory cell activation and platelet activation (Non-patent Document 1).
  • Non-patent Document 2 As S1P receptors, the following 5 subtypes have been reported: Edg-1(S1P 1 ), Edg-3(S1P 3 ), Edg-5(S1P 2 ), Edg-6(S1P 4 ) and Edg-8(S1P 5 ) (Non-patent Document 2).
  • Edg-1(S1P 1 ) is highly expressed in immunocytes (e.g., T cells, dendritic cells) and vascular endothelial cells, suggesting that Edg-1(S1P 1 ) contributes deeply to S1P-stimulated T cell migration (Non-patent Document 3), mast cell migration (Non-patent Document 4), T and B cell egress from lymphoid organs (Non-patent Document 5) and angiogenesis (Non-patent Document 6), and is involved in autoimmune diseases such as Crohn's disease, irritable colitis, Sjogren's syndrome, multiple sclerosis and systemic lupus erythematosus, as well as other diseases such as rheumatoid arthritis, asthma, atopic dermatitis, rejection after organ transplantation, cancer, retinopathy, psoriasis, osteoarthritis, age-related macular degeneration, etc.
  • autoimmune diseases such as Crohn's disease, irritable colitis
  • ligands for Edg-1(S1P 1 ) would be effective for treatment or prevention of these diseases.
  • Edg-1(S1P 1 ) ligands previously known include certain types of thiophene derivatives (Non-patent Document 7), phosphoric acid derivatives (Patent Documents 1 and 2, Non-patent Documents 8 and 9) and thiazolidine derivatives (Patent Document 3), carboxylic acid derivatives (Patent Documents 4, 5, 6 and 8, Non-patent Documents 10 and 11), amino group-containing derivatives (Patent Document 7), and pyrrole derivatives (Patent Document 9).
  • Patent Document 1 WO2002-18395
  • Patent Document 2 JP 2003-137894 A
  • Patent Document 3 JP 2002-332278 A
  • Patent Document 4 WO2002-092068
  • Patent Document 5 WO2003-105771
  • Patent Document 6 WO2004-058149
  • Patent Document 7 WO2004-103279
  • Patent Document 8 WO2005-1058848
  • Patent Document 9 WO2005-123677
  • Non-patent Document 1 J Biol. Chem. 2004, 279: 20555, FASEB J 2002, 16: 625, Proceedings of the Japanese Society for Immunology 2003, 33: 2-J-W30-20-P
  • Non-patent Document 2 Pharmacol Res 2003, 47: 401
  • Non-patent Document 3 FASEB J 2002, 16:1874
  • Non-patent Document 4 J Exp Med 2004, 199: 959
  • Non-patent Document 5 Nature 2004, 427: 355
  • Non-patent Document 6 J Clin Invest 2000, 106: 951, Biocchim Biophys Acta 2002, 1582: 222
  • Non-patent Document 7 J Biol Chem 2004, 279: 13839
  • Non-patent Document 8 Bioorg Med Chem Lett 2003, 13: 3401
  • Non-patent Document 9 J Biol. Chem. 2005; 280: 9833
  • Non-patent Document 10 J Med. Chem. 2004, 47: 6662
  • Non-patent Document 11 J Med. Chem. 2005, 48: 6169
  • the object of the present invention is to provide compounds having a novel skeleton, which have an inhibitory effect on the binding between S1P and its receptor Edg-1(S1P 1 ) and which are useful for pharmaceutical purposes.
  • Ar represents a monocyclic heterocyclic ring containing one or two nitrogen atoms
  • Ar may be substituted with a substituent(s) selected from the group consisting of a C 1 -C 6 alkyl group, a phenyl group and a halogen atom,
  • Y 1 , Y 2 and Y 3 each represent a carbon atom or a nitrogen atom
  • A represents an oxygen atom, a sulfur atom, a group represented by the formula —SO 2 —, or a group represented by the formula —NR 6 — (wherein R 6 represents a hydrogen atom or a C 1 -C 6 alkyl group),
  • R 1 represents a hydrogen atom, a C 1 -C 6 alkyl group which may be substituted with a substituent(s) selected from the following group [wherein said group consists of a hydroxyl group, a halogen atom, a C 1 -C 6 alkoxy group (wherein said alkoxy group may be substituted with a phenyl group) and a phenyl group (wherein said phenyl group may be substituted with a substituent(s) selected from the group consisting of a halogen atom and a C 1 -C 6 alkyl group)], a C 3 -C 8 cycloalkyl group, a C 2 -C 8 alkenyl group, a C 2 -C 8 alkynyl group, or a phenyl group,
  • R 2 represents a hydrogen atom, a C 1 -C 6 alkyl group, or a C 3 -C 8 cycloalkyl group,
  • R 3 represents (i) a hydrogen atom, (ii) a C 1 -C 18 alkyl group, (iii) a C 2 -C 8 alkenyl group which may be substituted with a phenyl group or a benzyloxy group, (iv) a C 2 -C 8 alkynyl group which may be substituted with a phenyl group, (v) a C 3 -C 8 cycloalkyl group which may be condensed with a benzene ring, (vi) a C 1 -C 6 alkyl group substituted with a substituent(s) selected from the following group [wherein said group consists of a halogen atom, a phenyl group (wherein said phenyl group may be substituted with 1 to 5 substituents selected from the group consisting of a phenyl group, a cyano group, a halogen atom, a C 1 -C 6 alkyl group, a
  • R 11 represents a hydrogen atom or a C 1 -C 6 alkyl group
  • R 12 and R 13 each represent a hydrogen atom or a C 1 -C 6 alkyl group
  • R 12 and R 13 each represent a hydrogen atom or a C 1 -C 6 alkyl group
  • R 14 and R 15 each represent a hydrogen atom, a C 1 -C 6 alkyl group, a phenyl group or a 4-pyridylcarbonyl group), and the formula:
  • R 16 represents a C 1 -C 6 alkyl group or a phenyl group
  • R 16 represents a C 1 -C 6 alkyl group or a phenyl group
  • R 4 represents a hydrogen atom, or a C 1 -C 6 alkyl group which may be substituted with a carboxyl group
  • R 5 represents (i) a C 1 -C 10 alkyl group, (ii) a C 1 -C 10 alkyl group which is substituted with one or two substituents selected from the following group (wherein said group consists of a C 3 -C 8 cycloalkyl group, a pyridyl group, and a phenyl, phenoxy or naphthyl group which may be substituted with one or two substituents selected from the group consisting of a halogen atom and a C 1 -C 6 alkoxy group) (iii) a C 3 -C 8 cycloalkyl group, (iv) a C 2 -C 8 alkenyl group, (v) a C 2 -C 8 alkenyl group substituted with a phenyl group, (vi) a C 2 -C 8 alkynyl group, (vii) a C 2 -C 8 alkynyl group substituted with a phenyl group
  • R 5 is not a C 1 -C 10 alkyl group ⁇ .
  • Ar represents a monocyclic heterocyclic ring containing one or two nitrogen atoms
  • A represents an oxygen atom, a sulfur atom, or a group represented by the formula —NR 6 — (wherein R 6 represents a hydrogen atom or a C 1 -C 6 alkyl group),
  • R 1 represents a hydrogen atom, a C 1 -C 6 alkyl group, or a C 1 -C 6 alkyl group substituted with a phenyl group,
  • R 2 represents a C 1 -C 6 alkyl group, or a C 3 -C 8 cycloalkyl group
  • R 3 represents a C 1 -C 6 alkyl group, or an optionally substituted aryl group,
  • R 4 represents a hydrogen atom, or a C 1 -C 6 alkyl group
  • R 5 represents (i) a C 1 -C 10 alkyl group, (ii) a C 1 -C 10 alkyl group which is substituted with one or two substituents selected from the following group (wherein said group consists of a C 3 -C 8 cycloalkyl group, a phenyl group, a naphthyl group, a pyridyl group, and a phenyl group substituted with one or two substituents selected from the group consisting of a halogen atom and a C 1 -C 6 alkoxy group) (iii) a C 3 -C 8 cycloalkyl group, (iv) a C 2 -C 8 alkenyl group, (v) a C 2 -C 8 alkenyl group substituted with a phenyl group, (vi) a C 2 -C 8 alkynyl group, (vii) a C 2 -C 8 alkynyl group substituted with a
  • R 1 is a C 1 -C 6 alkyl group which may be substituted with a halogen atom(s), or a benzyl group which may be substituted with a substituent(s) selected from the group consisting of a halogen atom and a C 1 -C 6 alkyl group.
  • R 1 is a methyl group, an ethyl group or a benzyl group which may be substituted with a halogen atom(s).
  • R 2 is a C 1 -C 6 alkyl group or a C 3 -C 6 cycloalkyl group.
  • R 5 is (i) a C 1 -C 10 alkyl group, (ii) a C 1 -C 10 alkyl group which is substituted with one or two substituents selected from the following group (wherein said group consists of a C 3 -C 8 cycloalkyl group, a pyridyl group, and a phenyl, phenoxy or naphthyl group which may be substituted with one or two substituents selected from the group consisting of a halogen atom and a C 1 -C 6 alkoxy group), (iii) a C 2 -C 8 alkenyl group which may be substituted with a phenyl group, or (iv) a phenyl group, a naphthyl group, a thienyl group, a pyrrolyl group, a pyrazolyl group, a pyridyl group
  • said group consists of a C 1 -C 6 alkyl group which may be substituted with a fluorine atom(s), a C 2 -C 8 alkenyl group, a halogen atom, a C 1 -C 6 alkoxy group which may be substituted with a fluorine atom(s), a pyrazolyl, oxazolyl, isoxazolyl, thiadiazolyl or pyrimidinyl group, which may be substituted with a substituent(s) selected from the group Y (wherein the group Y consists of a methyl group, a trifluoromethyl group, a halogen atom and a methylsulfanyl group), a C 1 -C 6 alkylthio group, a C 1 -C 6 alkylsulfonyl group, a benzenesulfonyl group, a morpholinosulfonyl group, a morpholinocarbon
  • R 5 is a C 1 -C 10 alkyl group substituted with a C 3 -C 8 cycloalkyl group, a C 1 -C 10 alkyl group substituted with a naphthyl group, a C 2 -C 8 alkenyl group substituted with a phenyl group, a phenyl or naphthyl group which may be substituted with 1 to 5 substituents selected from the following group (wherein said group consists of a C 1 -C 6 alkyl group, a halogen atom, a C 1 -C 6 alkoxy group, a trifluoromethoxy group, a difluoromethoxy group, a trifluoromethyl group, a C 1 -C 6 alkenyl group, a C 1 -C 6 alkylsulfonyl group, a C 2 -C 7 alkanoyl group, a C 2
  • R 5 is a C 1 -C 6 alkyl group substituted with a naphthyl group, a C 2 -C 6 alkenyl group substituted with a phenyl group, an unsubstituted phenyl group, a phenyl group substituted with 1 to 5 substituents selected from the following group (wherein said group consists of a methyl group, a methoxy group and a halogen atom), a phenyl group which is substituted with 1 to 3 substituents selected from the following group and at least one of whose 3- and 4-positions is substituted (wherein said group consists of a C 1 -C 6 alkyl group, a halogen atom, a methoxy group, a trifluoromethoxy group, a difluoromethoxy group, a trifluoromethyl group, a C 1 -C 6 alkenyl group, a methyl
  • R 5 is a phenyl group whose 3- and 4-positions are each substituted with a halogen atom, or a naphthyl group which may be substituted with a substituent(s) selected from the group consisting of a halogen atom, a C 1 -C 6 alkyl group and a cyano group.
  • R 3 is a phenyl group, a naphthyl group, a pyrazolyl group, a pyridyl group, an indolyl group, a benzothiazolyl group, a benzothiadiazolyl group, a pyrazolopyrimidinyl group, a quinolinyl group, an isoquinolinyl group, a benzothienyl group or a dihydroquinolinonyl group, wherein these groups may each be substituted with 1 to 3 substituents selected from the following group [wherein said group consists of substituents listed below: a C 1 -C 6 alkyl group which may be substituted with a fluorine atom(s), a C 3 -C 8 cycloalkyl group, a halogen atom, a C 1 -C 6 alkoxy group (wherein said alkoxy group may be substituted
  • R 7 and R 8 each represent a hydrogen atom, a C 1 -C 6 alkyl group (wherein said alkyl group may be substituted with an amino group which may be substituted with one or two C 1 -C 6 alkyl groups, a hydroxyl group, or a C 1 -C 6 alkoxy group), a C 1 -C 6 alkanoyl group, a carbamoyl group which may be substituted with one or two C 1 -C 4 alkyl groups, a morpholinocarbonyl group, an aminosulfonyl group which may be substituted with one or two C 1 -C 6 alkyl groups, or a C 1 -C 6 alkylsulfonyl group, or alternatively, R 7 and R 8 optionally form, together with the nitrogen atom to which R 7 and R 8 are attached, a 3- to 8-membered saturated hydrocarbon ring, wherein said ring may be substituted with a substituent(s) selected from the group consisting of
  • R 3 is a 2-naphthyl group (wherein said naphthyl group may be substituted with a substituent(s) selected from the group consisting of a halogen atom and a C 1 -C 6 alkyl group), a 3-pyrazolyl group (wherein said pyrazolyl group may be substituted with a substituent(s) selected from the group consisting of a C 1 -C 6 alkyl group, a trifluoromethyl group and a halogen atom), or a 5-benzothiazolyl, 5-benzothiadiazolyl, 7-dihydroquinolinonyl, 7-isoquinolinyl, 7-quinolinyl, 3-pyridyl or indolyl group which may be substituted with a C 1 -C 6 alkyl group(s), an unsubstituted phenyl group, or a substituted
  • a piperazino group [wherein said piperazino group may be substituted with a C 1 -C 6 alkyl group which may be substituted with a substituent(s) selected from the following group (wherein said group consists of an amino group substituted with two C 1 -C 4 alkyl groups and a morpholino group) or a C 2 -C 7 alkanoyl group], and
  • R 7 and R 8 each represent a hydrogen atom, a C 1 -C 6 alkyl group (wherein said alkyl group may be substituted with an amino group which may be substituted with one or two C 1 -C 6 alkyl groups, a hydroxyl group, or a C 1 -C 6 alkoxy group), a C 1 -C 6 alkanoyl group, a carbamoyl group which may be substituted with one or two C 1 -C 4 alkyl groups, a morpholinocarbonyl group, an aminosulfonyl group which may be substituted with one or two C 1 -C 6 alkyl groups, or a C 1 -C 6 alkylsulfonyl group, or alternatively, R 7 and R 8 optionally form, together with the nitrogen atom to which R 7 and R 8 are attached, a 3- to 8-membered saturated hydrocarbon ring, wherein said ring may be substituted with a substituent(s) selected from the group consisting of
  • R 3 is a phenyl group whose 3-position is substituted with a substituent selected from the group consisting of nitrogen-containing groups shown in (i) to (v) below, and further whose 4-position may be substituted with a halogen atom:
  • a piperazino group [wherein said piperazino group may be substituted with a C 1 -C 6 alkyl group which may be substituted with a substituent(s) selected from the following group (wherein said group consists of an amino group substituted with two C 1 -C 4 alkyl groups and a morpholino group) or a C 2 -C 7 alkanoyl group], and
  • R 7 and R 8 each represent a hydrogen atom, a C 1 -C 6 alkyl group (wherein said alkyl group may be substituted with an amino group which may be substituted with one or two C 1 -C 6 alkyl groups, a hydroxyl group, or a C 1 -C 6 alkoxy group), a C 1 -C 6 alkanoyl group, a carbamoyl group which may be substituted with one or two C 1 -C 4 alkyl groups, a morpholinocarbonyl group, an aminosulfonyl group which may be substituted with one or two C 1 -C 6 alkyl groups, or a C 1 -C 6 alkylsulfonyl group, or alternatively, R 7 and R 8 optionally form, together with the nitrogen atom to which R 7 and R 8 are attached, a 3- to 8-membered saturated hydrocarbon ring, wherein said ring may be substituted with a substituent(s) selected from the group consisting of
  • R 3 is a phenyl group whose 4-position is substituted with a fluorine atom or a chlorine atom.
  • R 3 is a C 1 -C 18 alkyl group which may be substituted with a substituent(s) selected from the following group (wherein said group consists of a halogen atom, an amino group which may be substituted with one or two C 1 -C 6 alkyl groups, a C 1 -C 6 alkoxy group, a piperazino group which may be substituted with a C 1 -C 6 alkyl group(s), a phenyl group and a morpholino group), a C 2 -C 8 alkenyl group, a C 2 -C 8 alkynyl group, or a C 3 -C 8 cycloalkyl group.
  • a substituent(s) selected from the following group (wherein said group consists of a halogen atom, an amino group which may be substituted with one or two C 1 -C 6 alkyl groups, a C 1 -C 6 alkoxy group, a piperazino group which may be substituted with
  • R 3 is a C 1 -C 6 alkyl group substituted with a substituent(s) selected from the following group (wherein said group consists of an amino group which may be substituted with one or two C 1 -C 6 alkyl groups, and a C 1 -C 6 alkoxy group), or a C 3 -C 5 cycloalkyl group.
  • a pharmaceutical preparation comprising the compound or pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof according to any one of embodiments 1 to 23.
  • an autoimmune disease such as Crohn's disease, irritable colitis, Sjogren's syndrome, multiple sclerosis or systemic lupus erythematosus, rheumatoid arthritis, asthma, atopic dermatitis, rejection after organ transplantation, cancer, retinopathy, psoriasis, osteoarthritis or age-related macular degeneration.
  • R 1 , R 2 and R 3 are as defined above in embodiment 1, and Y 4 and Y 5 each represent a nitrogen atom or the formula CR 17 (wherein R 17 represents a hydrogen atom, a C 1 -C 6 alkyl group, a phenyl group, or a halogen atom), provided that either of Y 4 and Y 5 is a nitrogen atom).
  • R 1 is a C 1 -C 6 alkyl group which may be substituted with a halogen atom(s), or a benzyl group which may be substituted with a substituent(s) selected from the group consisting of a halogen atom and a C 1 -C 6 alkyl group.
  • R 1 is a methyl group, an ethyl group or a benzyl group which may be substituted with a halogen atom(s).
  • R 2 is a C 1 -C 6 alkyl group or a C 3 -C 8 cycloalkyl group.
  • R 3 is a phenyl group, a naphthyl group, a pyrazolyl group, a pyridyl group, an indolyl group, a benzothiazolyl group, a benzothiadiazolyl group, a pyrazolopyrimidinyl group, a quinolinyl group, an isoquinolinyl group, a benzothienyl group or a dihydroquinolinonyl group, wherein these groups may each be substituted with 1 to 3 substituents selected from the following group [wherein said group consists of substituents listed below: a C 1 -C 6 alkyl group which may be substituted with a fluorine atom(s), a C 3 -C 8 cycloalkyl group, a halogen atom, a C 1 -C 6 alkoxy group (wherein said alkoxy group may be substituted with
  • R 7 and R 8 each represent a hydrogen atom, a C 1 -C 6 alkyl group (wherein said alkyl group may be substituted with an amino group which may be substituted with one or two C 1 -C 6 alkyl groups, a hydroxyl group, or a C 1 -C 6 alkoxy group), a C 1 -C 6 alkanoyl group, a carbamoyl group which may be substituted with one or two C 1 -C 4 alkyl groups, a morpholinocarbonyl group, an aminosulfonyl group which may be substituted with one or two C 1 -C 6 alkyl groups, or a C 1 -C 6 alkylsulfonyl group, or alternatively, R 7 and R 8 optionally form, together with the nitrogen atom to which R 7 and R 8 are attached, a 3- to 8-membered saturated hydrocarbon ring, wherein said ring may be substituted with a substituent(s) selected from the group consisting of
  • R 3 is a 2-naphthyl group (wherein said naphthyl group may be substituted with a substituent(s) selected from the group consisting of a halogen atom and a C 1 -C 6 alkyl group), a 3-pyrazolyl group (wherein said pyrazolyl group may be substituted with a substituent(s) selected from the group consisting of a C 1 -C 6 alkyl group, a trifluoromethyl group and a halogen atom), or a 5-benzothiazolyl, 5-benzothiadiazolyl, 7-dihydroquinolinonyl, 7-isoquinolinyl, 7-quinolinyl, 3-pyridyl or indolyl group which may be substituted with a C 1 -C 6 alkyl group(s), an unsubstituted phenyl group, or a substituted pheny
  • a piperazino group [wherein said piperazino group may be substituted with a C 1 -C 6 alkyl group which may be substituted with a substituent(s) selected from the following group (wherein said group consists of an amino group substituted with two C 1 -C 4 alkyl groups and a morpholino group) or a C 2 -C 7 alkanoyl group], and
  • R 7 and R 8 each represent a hydrogen atom, a C 1 -C 6 alkyl group (wherein said alkyl group may be substituted with an amino group which may be substituted with one or two C 1 -C 6 alkyl groups, a morpholino group, a hydroxyl group, or a C 1 -C 6 alkoxy group), a C 1 -C 6 alkanoyl group, a carbamoyl group which may be substituted with one or two C 1 -C 4 alkyl groups, a morpholinocarbonyl group, an aminosulfonyl group which may be substituted with one or two C 1 -C 6 alkyl groups, or a C 1 -C 6 alkylsulfonyl group, or alternatively, R 7 and R 8 optionally form, together with the nitrogen atom to which R 7 and R 8 are attached, a 3- to 8-membered saturated hydrocarbon ring, wherein said ring may be substituted with a substituent(s
  • R 3 is a C 1 -C 18 alkyl group which may be substituted with a substituent(s) selected from the following group (wherein said group consists of a halogen atom, an amino group which may be substituted with one or two C 1 -C 6 alkyl groups, a C 1 -C 6 alkoxy group, a piperazino group which may be substituted with a C 1 -C 6 alkyl group(s), a phenyl group and a morpholino group), a C 2 -C 8 alkenyl group, a C 2 -C 8 alkynyl group, or a C 3 -C 8 cycloalkyl group.
  • a substituent(s) selected from the following group (wherein said group consists of a halogen atom, an amino group which may be substituted with one or two C 1 -C 6 alkyl groups, a C 1 -C 6 alkoxy group, a piperazino group which may be substituted with
  • the monocyclic heterocyclic ring containing one or two nitrogen atoms represented herein by Ar is intended to include pyrrole, imidazole and pyrazole shown below.
  • halogen atom refers to a fluorine atom, a chlorine atom, a bromine atom or an iodine atom.
  • C 1 -C 6 alkyl group refers to a linear or branched alkyl group containing 1 to 6 carbon atoms. Examples include a methyl group, an ethyl group, a n-propyl group, an isopropyl group, a n-butyl group, an isobutyl group, a tert-butyl group, a sec-butyl group, a n-pentyl group, an isopentyl group, a neopentyl group, a tert-pentyl group, and a n-hexyl group.
  • C 3 -C 8 cycloalkyl group refers to a cycloalkyl group containing 3 to 8 carbon atoms. Examples include a cyclopropyl group, a cyclobutyl group, a cyclopentyl group, and a cyclohexyl group.
  • C 2 -C 8 alkenyl group refers to a linear or branched alkenyl group containing 2 to 8 carbon atoms. Examples include a vinyl group, an allyl group, a 1-propenyl group, an isopropenyl group, a 1-butenyl group, a 2-butenyl group, a 3-butenyl group, a 1,3-butadienyl group, a 2-methylallyl group, a 2-methyl-propenyl group, a 2-pentenyl group, and a 3-methyl-but-2-enyl group.
  • C 2 -C 8 alkynyl group refers to a linear or branched alkynyl group containing 2 to 8 carbon atoms. Examples include an ethynyl group, a 2-propynyl group, a 2-butynyl group, a 1-methyl-prop-2-ynyl group, a 2-pentynyl group, and a 4-pentynyl group.
  • C 1 -C 6 alkoxy group refers to a linear or branched alkoxy group containing 1 to 6 carbon atoms. Examples include a methoxy group, an ethoxy group, a propoxy group, an isopropoxy group, a butoxy group, an isobutoxy group, a sec-butoxy group, a tert-butoxy group, a pentyloxy group, and a hexyloxy group.
  • C 1 -C 10 alkyl group refers to a linear or branched alkyl group containing 1 to 10 carbon atoms. Examples include a methyl group, an ethyl group, a n-propyl group, an isopropyl group, a n-butyl group, an isobutyl group, a tert-butyl group, a sec-butyl group, a n-pentyl group, an isopentyl group, a neopentyl group, a tert-pentyl group, a n-hexyl group, a n-heptyl group, a n-octyl group, and a n-hexadecyl group.
  • C 1 -C 6 alkylthio group refers to a linear or branched alkylthio group containing 1 to 6 carbon atoms. Examples include a methylthio group, an ethylthio group, a propylthio group, an isopropylthio group, a butylthio group, an isobutylthio group, a pentylthio group, and a hexylthio group.
  • C 1 -C 6 alkylsulfonyl group refers to a linear or branched alkylsulfonyl group containing 1 to 6 carbon atoms. Examples include a methanesulfonyl group, an ethanesulfonyl group, a propane-2-sulfonyl group, and a hexanesulfonyl group.
  • C 2 -C 10 alkoxycarbonyl group refers to a linear or branched alkoxycarbonyl group containing 2 to 10 carbon atoms. Examples include C 2 -C 7 alkoxycarbonyl groups such as a methoxycarbonyl group, an ethoxycarbonyl group and a t-butoxycarbonyl group, as well as an octyloxycarbonyl group.
  • C 2 -C 7 alkanoyl group refers to a linear or branched alkanoyl group containing 2 to 7 carbon atoms. Examples include an acetyl group, a propanoyl group, a butanoyl group, and a hexanoyl group.
  • C 1 -C 6 alkanoyl group refers to a linear or branched alkanoyl group containing 1 to 6 carbon atoms. Examples include a formyl group, an acetyl group, a propanoyl group, and a butanoyl group.
  • amino group which may be substituted with one or two C 1 -C 6 alkyl groups is intended to include, for example, an amino group, a methylamino group, an ethylamino group, an isopropylamino group, a hexylamino group, a dimethylamino group, a diethylamino group, a diisopropylamino group, and a dihexylamino group.
  • aminonosulfonyl group which may be substituted with one or two C 1 -C 6 alkyl groups is intended to include, for example, a sulfamoyl group, a dimethylaminosulfonyl group, and a diethylaminosulfonyl group.
  • carrier group which may be substituted with C 1 -C 4 alkyl group(s)” is intended to include a carbamoyl group, a methylcarbamoyl group, an ethylcarbamoyl group, and a propylcarbamoyl group.
  • piperazino group which may be substituted or “optionally substituted piperazino group” refers to a piperazino group which may be substituted (preferably on its nitrogen atom) with a substituent(s) selected from the group consisting of a C 1 -C 6 alkyl group (wherein said alkyl group may be substituted with an amino group which may be substituted with one or two C 1 -C 6 alkyl groups, a morpholino group, a hydroxyl group, or a C 1 -C 6 alkoxy group), a formyl group, a C 2 -C 7 alkanoyl group, a carbamoyl group which may be substituted with one or two C 1 -C 4 alkyl groups, an aminosulfonyl group which may be substituted with one or two C 1 -C 6 alkyl groups, and a C 1 -C 6 alkylsulfonyl group.
  • Specific examples include a piperazino group, a methyl
  • C 2 -C 7 monocyclic saturated hydrocarbon group containing a nitrogen atom(s) as a ring member(s) refers to a 3- to 9-membered monocyclic saturated hydrocarbon group which contains one or two nitrogen atoms as its ring members and is substituted via its ring carbon atom.
  • Examples include an azetidinyl group, a pyrrolidinyl group, and a piperidinyl group (e.g., a 4-piperidinyl group).
  • nitrogen-containing monocyclic unsaturated hydrocarbon group refers to a 5- or 6-membered unsaturated ring containing 1 to 3 nitrogen atoms as its ring members.
  • examples include a pyrrolyl group (e.g., a pyrrol-1-yl group), an imidazol-1-yl group (e.g., an imidazolyl group), a pyrazolyl group, a triazol-4-yl group (e.g., a [1,2,4]triazol-4-yl group), and a pyridyl group.
  • the 3- to 5-membered saturated hydrocarbon ring formed by R A and R B together with the nitrogen atom to which R A and R B are attached is intended to include an aziridinyl group, an azetidinyl group, and a pyrrolidinyl group.
  • the 3- to 8-membered saturated hydrocarbon ring formed by R 7 and R 8 (or R C and R D ) together with the nitrogen atom to which R 7 and R 8 (or R C and R D ) are attached is intended to include an aziridinyl group, an azetidinyl group, a pyrrolidinyl group, and a piperidinyl group.
  • phenyl group condensed with a 5- to 7-membered saturated hydrocarbon ring which may contain one or two oxygen atoms as ring members is intended to include a benzodioxepinyl group, a benzodioxolyl group, a dihydrobenzodioxinyl group, a dihydrobenzofuranyl group, a tetrahydronaphthyl group, and an indanyl group.
  • aryl group refers to an aromatic hydrocarbon group, a partially saturated aromatic hydrocarbon group, an aromatic heterocyclic group, or a partially saturated aromatic heterocyclic ring.
  • the aromatic hydrocarbon group refers to, for example, a C 6 -C 14 aromatic hydrocarbon group, including a phenyl group, a naphthyl group, and an anthryl group.
  • the partially saturated aromatic hydrocarbon group refers to a group obtained by partial saturation of a C 6 -C 14 polycyclic aromatic hydrocarbon group. Examples include a tetrahydronaphthyl group and an indanyl group.
  • the aromatic heterocyclic group refers to a C 2 -C 13 monocyclic or polycyclic aromatic heterocyclic group containing 1 to 6 heteroatoms (e.g., oxygen, sulfur and/or nitrogen atoms).
  • heteroatoms e.g., oxygen, sulfur and/or nitrogen atoms.
  • Examples include a thienyl group, a furanyl group, a pyrrolyl group, an isothiazolyl group, an isoxazolyl group, a pyrazolyl group, a thiazolyl group, an oxazolyl group, an imidazolyl group, a pyridyl group, a pyridazinyl group, a pyrimidinyl group, a pyrazinyl group, a benzothienyl group, a benzofuranyl group, an indolyl group, a benzothiazolyl group, a benzoxazolyl group, a benzimidazo
  • the partially saturated aromatic heterocyclic ring refers to a heterocyclic ring obtained by partial saturation of a polycyclic aromatic heterocyclic group. Such a heterocyclic ring may be substituted with an oxo group. Examples include a dihydroquinolinonyl group:
  • a dihydrobenzofuranyl group a dihydrobenzodioxinyl group, a dihydrobenzodioxepinyl group, a benzodioxolyl group, a dihydrobenzoxazolyl group, and a dihydrobenzoxazinyl group.
  • substituents for the aryl group include those listed below and the aryl group can be substituted with 1 to 5 of these substituents:
  • a halogen atom a cyano group, a nitro group, a sulfamoyl group, a hydroxyl group, a carboxyl group, a C 1 -C 6 alkyl group, a trifluoromethyl group, a methoxycarbonylethyl group, a C 1 -C 6 alkoxy group (wherein said alkoxy group may be substituted with a phenyl group, a C 1 -C 6 alkylamino group, a C 2 -C 12 dialkylamino group, or a morpholino group), a trifluoromethoxy group, a difluoromethoxy group, a cyanoethoxy group,
  • a C 3 -C 8 cycloalkyl group a C 2 -C 7 alkanoyl group, a trifluoroacetyl group, a C 2 -C 10 alkoxycarbonyl group,
  • a phenyl group (wherein said phenyl group may be substituted with a C 2 -C 7 alkanoyl group or a C 1 -C 6 alkoxy group),
  • a phenoxy group which may be substituted with a C 1 -C 6 alkoxy group
  • a pyrazolyl group a 1-methyl-5-trifluoromethyl-1H-pyrazol-3-yl group, a methylpyrimidinyl group, a 2-methylsulfanyl-pyrimidin-4-yl group, an oxazolyl group (e.g., an oxazol-5-yl group),
  • an isoxazol-5-yl group a 5-trifluoromethyl-isoxazol-3-yl group, a pyridyloxy group (e.g., a 4-pyridyloxy group),
  • a pyridinecarbonyl group a benzoyl group, a pyrrolyl group (e.g., a pyrrol-1-yl group), an imidazolyl group (e.g., an imidazol-1-yl group), a thiazolyl group,
  • a [1,2,3]thiadiazol-4-yl group a triazolyl group (e.g., a [1,2,4]triazol-4-yl group), a C 1 -C 6 alkylthio group (e.g., a methylthio group), a C 1 -C 6 alkylsulfonyl group (e.g., a methanesulfonyl group), a benzenesulfonyl group, a pyrrolidinesulfonyl group, a morpholinylsulfonyl group, a 4-piperidinyl group which may be substituted with a C 1 -C 6 alkyl group(s), a morpholino group which may be substituted with a C 1 -C 6 alkyl group(s), a piperazino group which is substituted with a C 1 -C 6 alkyl group(s) or with a C 1 -C 6 alkyl group(s)
  • R 7 and R 8 each represent a hydrogen atom, a C 1 -C 6 alkyl group (wherein said alkyl group may be substituted with a C 1 -C 6 alkoxy group or a dimethylamino group), a C 1 -C 6 alkanoyl group, a carbamoyl group, a carbamoyl group substituted with a C 1 -C 4 alkyl group(s), a morpholinocarbonyl group, a dimethylaminosulfonyl group, or a C 1 -C 6 alkylsulfonyl group, or alternatively, R 7 and R 8 may optionally form, together with the nitrogen atom to which R 7 and R 8 are attached, a 3- to 8-membered saturated hydrocarbon ring, wherein said ring may be substituted with a dimethylenedioxy group, an oxo group or a hydroxyl group] (e.g., an acetamido group, a dimethyla
  • salts refers to a salt with an alkali metal, an alkaline earth metal, ammonium or an alkylammonium, or a salt with a mineral acid or an organic acid.
  • examples include a sodium salt, a potassium salt, a calcium salt, an ammonium salt, an aluminum salt, a triethylammonium salt, an acetate salt, a propionate salt, a butyrate salt, a formate salt, a trifluoroacetate salt, a maleate salt, a tartrate salt, a citrate salt, a stearate salt, a succinate salt, an ethylsuccinate salt, a lactobionate salt, a gluconate salt, a glucoheptate salt, a benzoate salt, a methanesulfonate salt, an ethanesulfonate salt, a 2-hydroxyethanesulfonate salt, a benzenesulf
  • the compounds of the present invention may have stereoisomers including optical isomers, diastereoisomers and geometrical isomers. All of these stereoisomers and mixtures thereof also fall within the scope of the present invention. Some of the compounds and intermediates of the present invention may also exist, e.g., as keto-enol tautomers.
  • the compounds of the present invention exert a strong inhibitory effect on the binding between S1P and its receptor Edg-1(S1P 1 ), and are therefore expected to produce a prophylactic or therapeutic effect on autoimmune diseases such as Crohn's disease, irritable colitis, Sjogren's syndrome, multiple sclerosis and systemic lupus erythematosus, as well as other diseases such as rheumatoid arthritis, asthma, atopic dermatitis, rejection after organ transplantation, cancer, retinopathy, psoriasis, osteoarthritis, age-related macular degeneration, etc.
  • autoimmune diseases such as Crohn's disease, irritable colitis, Sjogren's syndrome, multiple sclerosis and systemic lupus erythematosus
  • other diseases such as rheumatoid arthritis, asthma, atopic dermatitis, rejection after organ transplantation, cancer, retinopathy, psoriasis, osteoarthritis, age-related ma
  • Ar is a 5-membered unsaturated ring containing one or two nitrogen atoms. More preferred is an imidazole group represented by the following formula:
  • These rings may be substituted with a substituent selected from the group consisting of a C 1 -C 6 alkyl group, a phenyl group and a halogen atom. More preferably, Ar is unsubstituted.
  • a preferred example of A is an oxygen atom.
  • R 1 is a C 1 -C 6 alkyl group which may be substituted with a halogen atom(s), or a benzyl group which may be substituted with a substituent(s) selected from the group consisting of a halogen atom and a C 1 -C 6 alkyl group. More preferred is a methyl group, an ethyl group, or a benzyl group which may be substituted with a halogen atom(s) (more preferably with a fluorine atom(s)), and even more preferred is a methyl group.
  • R 2 is an ethyl group or a cyclopropyl group.
  • R 4 is a hydrogen atom.
  • R 3 is a C 1 -C 6 alkyl group substituted with a substituent(s) selected from the following group (wherein said group consists of an amino group which may be substituted with one or two C 1 -C 6 alkyl groups, and a C 1 -C 6 alkoxy group), a C 3 -C 3 cycloalkyl group, or an optionally substituted phenyl group, a 2-naphthyl group which may be substituted with a substituent(s) selected from the group consisting of a halogen atom and a C 1 -C 6 alkyl group, a 3-pyrazolyl group which may be substituted with a substituent(s) selected from the following group [wherein said group consists of a C 1 -C 6 alkyl group (preferably a methyl group), a trifluoromethyl group and a halogen atom], or a 5-benzothiazolyl, 5-benzothiadiazolyl, 7-dihydr
  • the “optionally substituted phenyl group” among preferred embodiments of R 3 is intended to include an unsubstituted phenyl group and a substituted phenyl group shown in (A) to (C) below:
  • a C 2 -C 7 monocyclic saturated hydrocarbon group containing a nitrogen atom(s) as a ring member(s), which is substituted on the phenyl group via a carbon atom (wherein said saturated hydrocarbon group may be substituted with a C 1 -C 6 alkyl group(s)) (e.g., a piperidinyl group which may be substituted with a C 1 -C 6 alkyl group(s), as exemplified by a 4-piperidinyl group),
  • a nitrogen-containing monocyclic unsaturated hydrocarbon group e.g., a pyrrolyl group, an imidazolyl group
  • a morpholinyl group which may be substituted with a C 1 -C 6 alkyl group(s) (e.g., a morpholino group),
  • an optionally substituted piperazino group e.g., a piperazino group which may be substituted (preferably on its ring member nitrogen atom) with a substituent(s) selected from the following group [wherein said group consists of a C 1 -C 6 alkyl group (wherein said alkyl group may be substituted with a substituent(s) selected from the group consisting of an amino group substituted with two C 1 -C 4 alkyl groups and a morpholino group), and a C 2 -C 7 alkanoyl group]], and
  • R 7 and R 8 each represent a hydrogen atom, a C 1 -C 6 alkyl group (wherein said alkyl group may be substituted with an amino group which may be substituted with one or two C 1 -C 6 alkyl groups, a morpholino group, a hydroxyl group, or a C 1 -C 6 alkoxy group), a C 1 -C 6 alkanoyl group, a carbamoyl group which may be substituted with one or two C 1 -C 4 alkyl groups, a morpholinocarbonyl group, an aminosulfonyl group which may be substituted with one or two C 1 -C 6 alkyl groups, or a C 1 -C 6 alkylsulfonyl group, or alternatively, R 7 and R 8 optionally form, together with the nitrogen atom to which R 7 and R 8 are attached, a 3- to 8-membered saturated hydrocarbon ring, wherein said ring may be substituted with a substituent(s
  • R C and R D each represent a hydrogen atom, a C 1 -C 6 alkyl group (wherein said alkyl group may be substituted with an amino group which may be substituted with one or two C 1 -C 4 alkyl groups, a hydroxyl group, or a C 1 -C 4 alkoxy group), a formyl group, an acetyl group, an aminocarbonyl group, a dimethylaminosulfonyl group or a methylsulfonyl group, or alternatively, R C and R D optionally form, together with the nitrogen atom to which R C and R D are attached, a 3- to 8-membered saturated hydrocarbon ring, wherein said ring may be substituted with a substituent(s) selected from the group consisting of a dimethylenedioxy group, an oxo group and a hydroxyl group.
  • R 3 is a phenyl group whose 4-position is substituted with a fluorine atom or a chlorine atom, a 6-indolyl group, or a phenyl group which is substituted with a substituent selected from the group consisting of the nitrogen-containing groups shown in embodiments (i), (iv) and (v) in (C) above, and further whose 4-position may be substituted with a halogen atom.
  • R 5 is a C 1 -C 10 (preferably C 1 -C 6 ) alkyl group substituted with a C 3 -C 8 cycloalkyl group, a C 1 -C 10 (preferably C 1 -C 6 ) alkyl group substituted with a naphthyl group, a C 2 -C 8 (preferably C 2 -C 6 ) alkenyl group substituted with a phenyl group, a phenyl or naphthyl group (preferably a 2-naphthyl group) which may be substituted with 1 to 5 substituents selected from the following group (wherein said group consists of a C 1 -C 6 alkyl group, a halogen atom, a C 1 -C 6 alkoxy group, a trifluoromethoxy group, a difluoromethoxy group, a trifluoromethyl group, a C 1 -C 6 alkenyl group, a C 1 -C 6 alkyl group substitute
  • the “phenyl group which may be substituted” among preferred embodiments of R 5 is intended to include an unsubstituted phenyl group, a phenyl group which is substituted with 1 to 5 substituents selected from the group consisting of a C 1 -C 6 alkyl group (preferably a methyl group), a C 1 -C 6 alkoxy group (preferably a methoxy group) and a halogen atom, and a phenyl group which is substituted with 1 to 3 substituents selected from the following group and at least one of whose 3- and 4-positions is substituted, wherein said group consists of a C 1 -C 6 alkyl group, a halogen atom, a C 1 -C 6 alkoxy group (preferably a methoxy group), a trifluoromethoxy group, a difluoromethoxy group, a trifluoromethyl group, a C 1 -C 6 alkenyl group, a C 1 -C 6 alkyl
  • the “naphthyl group which may be substituted” among preferred embodiments of R 5 is intended to include a naphthyl group which may be substituted with a substituent(s) (preferably with 1 to 3 substituents) selected from the group consisting of a halogen atom, a C 1 -C 6 alkyl group (preferably a methyl group), a cyano group and a C 1 -C 6 alkylsulfonyl group (preferably a methylsulfonyl group).
  • a substituent(s) preferably with 1 to 3 substituents
  • a naphthyl group which may be substituted with a substituent(s) selected from the group consisting of a halogen atom, a C 1 -C 6 alkyl group (preferably a methyl group) and a cyano group.
  • examples include an unsubstituted 2-naphthyl group, and a 2-naphthyl group which is substituted with a substituent(s) selected from the group consisting of a C 1 -C 6 alkyl group (substituted at any position, more preferably at the 5-, 7- and/or 8-position(s)) and other substituents (substituted at the 5-, 7- and/or 8-position(s)).
  • examples include an unsubstituted 1-naphthyl group, and a 1-naphthyl group which is substituted with a substituent(s) selected from the group consisting of a C 1 -C 6 alkyl group (substituted at any position) and other substituents, preferably a halogen atom (substituted preferably at the 4-position).
  • R 5 is a phenyl group whose 3- and 4-positions are each substituted with a halogen atom, an unsubstituted 2-naphthyl group, or a 2-naphthyl group whose 5-, 7- and/or 8-position(s) is/are substituted with a substituent(s) selected from the group consisting of a halogen atom, a C 1 -C 6 alkyl group (preferably a methyl group) and a cyano group.
  • R 3 and R 5 are as follows.
  • R 3 is a phenyl group whose 4-position is substituted with a fluorine atom or a chlorine atom
  • R 5 is a C 1 -C 10 (preferably C 1 -C 6 ) alkyl group substituted with a naphthyl group, a C 2 -C 8 (preferably C 2 -C 6 ) alkenyl group substituted with a phenyl group, a substituted phenyl group [e.g., a phenyl group which is substituted with 1 to 5 methyl groups, a phenyl group which is substituted with 1 to 3 substituents selected from the following group and at least one of whose 3- and 4-positions is substituted, wherein said group consists of a C 1 -C 6 alkyl group (preferably a methyl group, an ethyl group, a propyl group), a halogen atom, a methoxy group, a trifluoromethoxy group, a difluorometh
  • R 3 is a 6-indolyl group
  • R 5 is a C 1 -C 10 (preferably C 1 -C 6 ) alkyl group substituted with a naphthyl group, a C 2 -C 8 (preferably C 2 -C 6 ) alkenyl group substituted with a phenyl group, an optionally substituted phenyl group [e.g., an unsubstituted phenyl group, a phenyl group which is substituted with 1 to 5 methyl groups, a phenyl group which is substituted with 1 to 3 substituents selected from the following group and at least one of whose 3- and 4-positions is substituted, wherein said group consists of a C 1 -C 6 alkyl group (preferably a methyl group, an ethyl group, a propyl group), a halogen atom, a methoxy group, a trifluoromethoxy group, a difluoromethoxy group, a trifluoromethyl group, a C 1 -C 6 alken
  • R 3 is the embodiment shown in (C) above:
  • R 5 is a C 1 -C 6 alkyl group substituted with a C 3 -C 8 cycloalkyl group, a C 1 -C 10 (preferably C 1 -C 6 ) alkyl group substituted with a naphthyl group, a C 2 -C 8 (preferably C 2 -C 6 ) alkenyl group substituted with a phenyl group, an optionally substituted phenyl group [e.g., an unsubstituted phenyl group, a phenyl group which is substituted with 1 to 5 substituents selected from a C 1 -C 6 alkyl group (preferably a methyl group) and a halogen atom, a phenyl group which is substituted with 1 to 3 substituents selected from the following group and at least one of whose 3- and 4-positions is substituted, wherein said group consists of a C 1 -C 6 alkyl group, a halogen atom, a methoxy group,
  • Preferred optically active forms of the compounds of the present invention are those having the following structure.
  • the compounds of the present invention can be synthesized by the procedures shown below, by way of example.
  • R 41 is the same as R 4 except for a hydrogen atom
  • R E represents a C 1 -C 6 alkyl group or a phenyl group
  • Met represents a typical metal such as Li, Na, MgCl or MgBr
  • Met′ represents a typical metal (e.g., Li, Na, B, Mg, Al, Zn, Sn) or a group represented by a complex between such a typical metal and its ligand (wherein the ligand may be a hydroxyl group, a halogen atom, a methoxy group, or a bidentate ligand represented by the formula —O(CH 2 ) 3 O—)
  • L represents a leaving group (wherein the leaving group may be, for example, a halogen atom such as a chlorine atom, a bromine atom or an iodine atom, an acetyloxy group, a me
  • R 41 is the same as R 4 except for a hydrogen atom
  • R E represents a C 1 -C 6 alkyl group or a phenyl group
  • Met represents a typical metal such as Li, Na, MgCl or MgBr
  • Met′ represents a typical metal (e.g., Li, Na, B, Mg, Al, Zn, Sn) or a group represented by a complex between such a typical metal and its ligand (wherein the ligand may be a hydroxyl group, a halogen atom, a methoxy group, or a bidentate ligand represented by the formula —O(CH 2 ) 3 O—)
  • L represents a leaving group (wherein the leaving group may be, for example, a halogen atom such as a chlorine atom, a bromine atom or an iodine atom, an acetyloxy group, a me
  • R 1 , R 3 , R 5 and A are as defined above, R 41 is the same as R 4 except for a hydrogen atom,
  • R 2A represents —CH 2 —R 21 (wherein R 21 is a C 1 -C 5 alkyl group),
  • R BB represents a C 1 -C 6 alkyl group or a phenyl group,
  • Met represents a typical metal such as Li, Na, MgCl or MgBr
  • L represents a leaving group (wherein the leaving group may be, for example, a halogen atom such as a chlorine atom, a bromine atom or an iodine atom, an acetyloxy group, a methanesulfonyloxy group, or a p-toluenesulfonyloxy group)
  • X represents a halogen atom such as a chlorine atom, a bromine atom or an iodine atom.
  • Step 1A-1 A compound represented by formula (1a) may be reacted with imidazole in the presence of a base with or without a solvent to obtain a compound represented by formula (1b).
  • the amount of the compound represented by formula (1a) to be used is generally 1 to 10 equivalents, preferably 1.0 to 3.0 equivalents of imidazole.
  • Examples of a base available for use include alkali metal hydroxides (e.g., NaOH, KOH), alkali metal salts (e.g., NaHCO 3 , K 2 CO 3 ), alkali metal amides (e.g., LiNH 2 , NaNH 2 ), and sodium hydride.
  • the amount of the base to be used is generally 1 to 10 equivalents, preferably 1.0 to 3.0 equivalents of imidazole.
  • the reaction temperature ranges from ⁇ 78° C. to the solvent reflux temperature.
  • any solvent may be used as long as it is inert to the reaction, including water, ethers (e.g., dioxane, tetrahydrofuran (THF)), polar aprotic solvents (e.g., dimethylformamide (DMF), N,N′-dimethylacetamide (DMA), N-methylpyrrolidinone (NMP), N,N′-dimethylpropyleneurea (DMPU), hexamethylphosphoramide (HMPA), dimethyl sulfoxide (DMSO)), ammonia, or mixtures thereof.
  • the reaction time will vary depending on the reaction temperature and/or starting compound, it is generally 30 minutes to 24 hours.
  • Step 1A-2 The compound represented by formula (1b) may be reacted with a halogenating agent to obtain a compound represented by formula (1c).
  • a halogenating agent include Cl 2 , Br 2 , I 2 , N-chlorosuccinimide (NCS), N-bromosuccinimide (NBS), N-iodosuccinimide (NIS), 2,4,4,6-tetrabromocyclohexadienone, hexachloroethane, PCl 5 , and SOCl 2 .
  • the amount of the halogenating agent to be used is generally 1 to 10 equivalents, preferably 1.0 to 1.5 equivalents of the compound represented by formula (1b).
  • any solvent may be used as long as it is inert to the reaction, including water, ethers (e.g., dioxane, THF, Et 2 O), polar aprotic solvents (e.g., DMF, DMA, NMP, DMPU, HMPA), alcohols (e.g., MeOH, EtOH), halogenated solvents (e.g., CCl 4 , CHCl 3 , CH 2 Cl 2 ), CH 3 CN, acetic acid, or mixtures thereof. If necessary, a base is added.
  • ethers e.g., dioxane, THF, Et 2 O
  • polar aprotic solvents e.g., DMF, DMA, NMP, DMPU, HMPA
  • alcohols e.g., MeOH, EtOH
  • halogenated solvents e.g., CCl 4 , CHCl 3 , CH 2 Cl 2
  • CH 3 CN acetic acid, or mixture
  • Examples of a base include alkali metal hydroxides (e.g., NaOH, KOH), alkali metal salts (e.g., NaHCO 3 , K 2 CO 3 , AcONa), amines (e.g., Et 3 N, iPr 2 NEt, iPr 2 NH), n-BuLi, lithium diusopropylamide (LDA), and NaH.
  • the amount of the base is generally 1 to 10 equivalents, preferably 1.0 to 1.2 equivalents of the compound represented by formula (1b).
  • the reaction temperature ranges from ⁇ 78° C. to the solvent reflux temperature, preferably ⁇ 78° C. to room temperature. Although the reaction time will vary depending on the reaction temperature and/or starting compound, it is generally 30 minutes to 24 hours.
  • Step 1A-3 The compound represented by formula (1c) may be reacted with a compound represented by formula (1d) in the presence of a base with or without a solvent to obtain a compound represented by formula (1e).
  • the amount of compound (1d) to be used is generally 1 to 5 equivalents, preferably 1 to 3 equivalents of the compound represented by formula (1c).
  • Examples of a base include alkali metal salts (e.g., Na 2 CO 3 , K 2 CO 3 , CS 2 CO 3 .
  • the amount of the base to be used is generally 1 to 10 equivalents, preferably 1 to 3 equivalents of the compound represented by formula (1c).
  • the reaction temperature ranges from 0° C. to 300° C., and the reaction may be accomplished, e.g., under normal pressure, under elevated pressure or under microwave irradiation.
  • reaction solvent examples include ethers (e.g., dioxane, THF, Et 2 O), DMF, DMA, NMP, DMPU, HMPA, DMSO, or mixtures thereof. If necessary, an additive is added. Examples of an additive include metal salts (e.g., CuI, CuCl), or copper powder.
  • reaction time will vary depending on the reaction temperature and/or starting compound, it is generally 1 to 12 hours.
  • Step 1A-4 The compound represented by formula (1e) may be reacted with a base in a solvent and then reacted with a compound represented by formula (1f) to obtain a compound represented by formula (1g).
  • the amount of compound (1f) to be used is generally 1 to 5 equivalents, preferably 1 to 2 equivalents of the compound represented by formula (1e).
  • Examples of a base include n-BuLi and LDA.
  • the amount of the base to be used is generally 1 to 5 equivalents, preferably 1 to 1.2 equivalents of the compound represented by formula (1e).
  • the reaction temperature ranges from ⁇ 78° C. to the solvent reflux temperature, preferably ⁇ 78° C. to room temperature.
  • reaction solvent examples include ethers (e.g., dioxane, THF, Et 2 O), DMF, DMA, DMPU, HMPA, DMSO, or mixtures thereof.
  • reaction time will vary depending on the reaction temperature and/or starting compound, it is generally 30 minutes to 12 hours.
  • Step 1A-5 The compound represented by formula (1g) may be reacted with a reducing agent in a solvent to obtain a compound represented by formula (1h).
  • a reducing agent include NaBH 4 , KBH 4 , LiB(sec-Bu) 3 H, (1-Bu) 2 AlH, and LiAlH 4 .
  • the amount of the reducing agent is 0.5 to 5 equivalents, preferably 0.5 to 1.2 equivalents of the compound represented by formula (1g).
  • a solvent include ethers (e.g., dioxane, THF, Et 2 O), and alcohols (e.g., MeOH, EtOH).
  • the reaction temperature ranges from ⁇ 78° C. to the solvent reflux temperature, preferably 0° C. to room temperature. Although the reaction time will vary depending on the reaction temperature and/or starting compound, it is generally 30 minutes to 2 hours.
  • Step 1A-6 The compound represented by formula (1h) may be reacted with methanesulfonyl chloride, p-toluenesulfonyl chloride, anhydrous triflate or the like in a solvent and, if necessary, in the presence of a base such as pyridine or triethylamine, followed by reaction with an azidating agent (e.g., NaN 3 , LiN 3 , Zn(N 3 ) 2 ), or alternatively, may be directly treated with diethyl azodicarboxylate (DEAD)/PPh 3 /HN 3 , diphenylphosphorylazide (DPPA)/1,8-diazabicyclo[5.4.0]undec-7-ene (DBU), Zn(N 3 ) 2 /2 pyridine or the like to obtain a compound represented by formula (1i).
  • a base such as pyridine or triethylamine
  • an azidating agent e.g., NaN 3
  • a solvent examples include ethers (e.g., dioxane, THF), halogenated solvents (e.g., CH 3 CN, CCl 4 , CHCl 3 , CH 2 Cl 2 ), benzene, and toluene.
  • ethers e.g., dioxane, THF
  • halogenated solvents e.g., CH 3 CN, CCl 4 , CHCl 3 , CH 2 Cl 2
  • benzene examples include benzene, and toluene.
  • Step 1A-7 The compound represented by formula (1i) may be reacted with a reducing agent in a solvent and, if necessary, in the presence of a catalyst (e.g., Pd/C, Pd(OH) 2 /C, PtO 2 ) to obtain a compound represented by formula (1j).
  • a catalyst e.g., Pd/C, Pd(OH) 2 /C, PtO 2
  • a reducing agent include hydrogen, ammonium formate, hydrazine, PPh 3 , and Mg.
  • a solvent available for use include ethers (e.g., dioxane, THF, Et 2 O), alcohols (e.g., MeOH, EtOH), water, AcOEt, or mixtures thereof.
  • Step 1A-8 The compound represented by formula (1j) may be reacted with a compound represented by formula (1k) in the presence of a base with or without a solvent, followed by salt formation as needed to obtain a compound represented by formula (1l) or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof.
  • the amount of the compound represented by formula (1k) to be used is generally 1 to 5 equivalents, preferably 1 to 1.2 equivalents of the compound represented by formula (1j).
  • Examples of a base available for use include alkali metal hydroxides (e.g., NaOH, KOH), alkali metal salts (e.g., NaHCO 3 , K 2 CO 3 ), and amines (e.g., Et 3 N, iPr 2 NEt, iPr 2 NH).
  • the amount of the base is generally 1 to 10 equivalents, preferably 1.0 to 3.0 equivalents of the compound represented by formula (1j).
  • the reaction temperature ranges from 0° C. to the solvent reflux temperature, preferably 0° C. to room temperature.
  • any solvent may be used as long as it is inert to the reaction, including halogenated hydrocarbons (e.g., CHCl 3 , CH 2 Cl 2 ), ethers (e.g., dioxane, THF, Et 2 O), or mixtures thereof.
  • the reaction time will vary depending on the reaction temperature and/or starting compound, it is generally 30 minutes to 24 hours.
  • Step 1A-9 The compound represented by formula (1l) may be reacted with a compound represented by formula (1m) in the presence of a base with or without a solvent, followed by salt formation as needed to obtain a compound represented by formula (1n) or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof.
  • the amount of the compound represented by formula (1m) to be used is 1 to 10 equivalents, preferably 1.1 to 1.5 equivalents of the compound represented by formula (1l).
  • Examples of a base available for use include alkali metal hydroxides (e.g., NaOH, KOH), alkali metal salts (e.g., NaHCO 3 , K 2 CO 3 ), and amines (e.g., Et 3 N, iPr 2 NEt, iPr 2 NH).
  • the amount of the base is generally 1 to 10 equivalents, preferably 1.0 to 3.0 equivalents of the compound represented by formula (1l).
  • the reaction temperature ranges from 0° C. to the solvent reflux temperature, preferably 0° C. to room temperature.
  • any solvent may be used as long as it is inert to the reaction, including water, ethers (e.g., dioxane, THF, Et 2 O), DMF, DMA, NMP, DMPU, HMPA, DMSO, or mixtures thereof.
  • the reaction time will vary depending on the reaction temperature and/or starting compound, it is generally 30 minutes to 24 hours.
  • the compound represented by formula (1ga) may be reacted with a compound represented by formula (1gb) to obtain a compound represented by formula (1gc).
  • a compound represented by formula (1gc) Starting from the resulting compound represented by formula (1gc), the procedures shown in Steps 1A-5 to 1A-9 of Scheme 1 may be repeated to obtain a compound represented by formula (1na) having substituent R E .
  • Step 1A-5A The compound represented by formula (1g) may be reacted with a halogenating agent to obtain the compound represented by formula (1ga).
  • a halogenating agent include Cl 2 , Br 2 , I 2 , NCS, NBS, NIS, 2,4,4,6-tetrabromocyclohexadienone, PCl 5 , and SOCl 2 .
  • the amount of the halogenating agent to be used is generally 2 to 10 equivalents, preferably 1.0 to 2.5 equivalents of the compound represented by formula (1g).
  • any solvent may be used as long as it is inert to the reaction, including water, ethers (e.g., dioxane, THF), polar aprotic solvents (e.g., DMF, DMA, NMP, DMPU, HMPA, DMSO), alcohols (e.g., MeOH, EtOH), halogenated solvents (e.g., CCl 4 , CHCl 3 , CH 2 Cl 2 ), CH 3 CN, acetic acid, or mixtures thereof. If necessary, a base is added.
  • ethers e.g., dioxane, THF
  • polar aprotic solvents e.g., DMF, DMA, NMP, DMPU, HMPA, DMSO
  • alcohols e.g., MeOH, EtOH
  • halogenated solvents e.g., CCl 4 , CHCl 3 , CH 2 Cl 2
  • CH 3 CN acetic acid, or mixture
  • Examples of a base include alkali metal hydroxides (e.g., NaOH, KOH), alkali metal salts (e.g., NaHCO 3 , K 2 CO 3 , AcONa), and amines (e.g., Et 3 N, iPr 2 NEt).
  • the amount of the base to be used is generally 1 to 10 equivalents, preferably 1.0 to 1.2 equivalents of the compound represented by formula (1g).
  • the reaction temperature ranges from ⁇ 78° C. to the solvent reflux temperature, preferably ⁇ 78° C. to room temperature. Although the reaction time will vary depending on the reaction temperature and/or starting compound, it is generally 30 minutes to 24 hours.
  • Step 1A-5B The compound represented by formula (1ga) may be reacted with the compound represented by formula (1gb) in the presence of a transition metal and, if necessary, in the presence of a base to obtain the compound represented by formula (1gc).
  • Met′ represents a typical metal (e.g., Li, Na, B, Mg, Al, Zn, Sn) or a group represented by a complex between such a typical metal and its ligand (wherein the ligand may be a hydroxyl group, a halogen atom, a methoxy group, or a bidentate ligand represented by the formula —O(CH 2 ) 3 O—).
  • the amount of the compound represented by formula (1gb) to be used is 1 to 10 equivalents, preferably 1.0 to 1.5 equivalents of the compound represented by formula (1ga).
  • a transition metal include tetrakis(triphenylphosphine)palladium(0), palladium acetate (II), palladium chloride (II), tris(dibenzylideneacetone)dipalladium(0)chloroform adduct, and bis(acetylacetonato)nickel(0).
  • the amount of such a transition metal to be used is generally 0.01 to 0.5 equivalents of the compound represented by formula (1ga).
  • a phosphine excluding the case where a phosphine is already coordinated.
  • a phosphine examples include triethylphosphine, tributylphosphine, triphenylphosphine, bis(diphenylphosphino)ethane, bis(diphenylphosphino)propane, bis(diphenylphosphino)butane, and bis(diphenylphosphino)ferrocene.
  • the amount of such a phosphine to be used is 1 to 2 equivalents of the transition metal.
  • Examples of a base include alkali metal hydroxides (e.g., NaOH, KOH), and alkali metal salts (e.g., NaHCO 3 , Na 2 CO 3 , K 2 CO 3 , K 3 PO 4 , Cs 2 CO 3 ).
  • the amount of the base to be used is generally 1 to 10 equivalents, preferably 1.5 to 3.0 equivalents of the compound represented by formula (1ga).
  • the reaction temperature ranges from 0° C. to the solvent reflux temperature, preferably room temperature to the solvent reflux temperature.
  • Examples of a solvent available for use include water, ethers (e.g., dioxane, THF, Et 2 O), DMF, DMA, NMP, DMPU, HMPA, DMSO, or mixtures thereof.
  • the reaction time will vary depending on the reaction temperature and/or starting compound, it is generally 30 minutes to 24 hours.
  • Step 1B-1 The compound represented by formula (1c) which was obtained in Step 1A-2 of Scheme 1 may be reacted with a base and then with DMF for formylation to obtain a compound represented by formula (1o).
  • the amount of DMF to be used is generally 1 to 5 equivalents, preferably 1 to 2 equivalents of the compound represented by formula (1c).
  • Examples of a base include n-BuLi and LDA.
  • the amount of the base to be used is generally 1 to 5 equivalents, preferably 1 to 1.2 equivalents of the compound represented by formula (1c).
  • the reaction temperature ranges from ⁇ 78° C. to the solvent reflux temperature, preferably ⁇ 78° C. to room temperature.
  • reaction solvent examples include ethers (e.g., dioxane, THF, Et 2 O), DMF, DMA, DMPU, HMPA, DMSO, or mixtures thereof.
  • reaction time will vary depending on the reaction temperature and/or starting compound, it is generally 30 minutes to 12 hours.
  • Step 1B-2 The compound represented by formula (1o) may be reacted with the compound represented by formula (1d) in the same manner as shown in Step 1A-3 of Scheme 1 to obtain a compound represented by formula (1p).
  • Step 1B-3 The compound represented by formula (1p) may be reacted with a compound represented by formula (1q) to obtain the compound represented by formula (1h).
  • the amount of the compound represented by formula (1q) to be used is 1 to 10 equivalents, preferably 1.1 to 1.5 equivalents of the compound represented by formula (1p).
  • Examples of a solvent available for use include ethers (e.g., dioxane, THF, Et 2 O) or mixtures thereof.
  • the reaction temperature ranges from ⁇ 78° C. to room temperature, preferably ⁇ 30° C. to 0° C. Although the reaction time will vary depending on the reaction temperature and/or starting compound, it is generally 30 minutes to 24 hours.
  • the compound represented by formula (1pa) may be reacted with the compound represented by formula (1gb) to obtain a compound represented by formula (1pb).
  • the procedures shown in Steps 1B-3 and 1A-6 to 1A-9 of Scheme 1 may be repeated to obtain the compound represented by formula (1na) having substituent R E .
  • Step 1B-3A Starting from the compound represented by (1p), the same procedure as shown in Step 1A-5A of Scheme 1 may be repeated to obtain the compound represented by formula (1pa).
  • Step 1B-3B Starting from the compound represented by formula (1pa) and the compound represented by formula (1gb), the same procedure as shown in Step 1A-5B of Scheme 1 may be repeated to obtain the compound represented by formula (1pb).
  • Step 1C-1 Starting from the compound represented by formula (1o) obtained from Step 1B-1 of Scheme 1 and the compound represented by formula (1q), the same procedure as shown in Step 1B-3 of Scheme 1 may be repeated to obtain a compound represented by formula (1r).
  • Step 1C-2 Starting from the compound represented by formula (1r), the same procedure as shown in Step 1A-6 of Scheme 1 may be repeated to obtain a compound represented by formula (1s).
  • Step 1C-3 Starting from the compound represented by formula (1s), the same procedure as shown in Step 1A-7 of Scheme 1 may be repeated to obtain a compound represented by formula (1t).
  • Step 1C-4 Starting from the compound represented by formula (1t) and the compound represented by formula (1d), the same procedure as shown in Step 1A-3 of Scheme 1 may be repeated to obtain the compound represented by formula (1j).
  • Step 2-1 Starting from the compound represented by formula (1b) and the compound represented by formula (1f), the same procedure as shown in Step 1A-4 of Scheme 1 may be repeated to obtain a compound represented by formula (2a).
  • Step 2-2 The compound represented by formula (2a) may be reacted with a halogenating agent to obtain a compound represented by formula (2b).
  • a halogenating agent include Cl 2 , Br 2 , I 2 , NCS, NBS, NIS, 2,4,4,6-tetrabromocyclohexadienone, PCl 5 , and SOCl 2 .
  • the amount of the halogenating agent to be used is generally 2 to 10 equivalents, preferably 1.0 to 2.5 equivalents of the compound represented by formula (2a).
  • any solvent may be used as long as it is inert to the reaction, including water, ethers (e.g., dioxane, THF), polar aprotic solvents (e.g., DMF, DMA, NMP, DMPU, HMPA, DMSO), alcohols (e.g., MeOH, EtOH), halogenated solvents (e.g., CCl 4 , CHCl 3 , CH 2 Cl 2 ), CH 3 CN, acetic acid, or mixtures thereof. If necessary, a base is added.
  • ethers e.g., dioxane, THF
  • polar aprotic solvents e.g., DMF, DMA, NMP, DMPU, HMPA, DMSO
  • alcohols e.g., MeOH, EtOH
  • halogenated solvents e.g., CCl 4 , CHCl 3 , CH 2 Cl 2
  • CH 3 CN acetic acid, or mixture
  • Examples of a base include alkali metal hydroxides (e.g., NaOH, KOH), alkali metal salts (e.g., NaHCO 3 , K 2 CO 3 , AcONa), and amines (e.g., Et 3 N, iPr 2 NEt).
  • the amount of the base to be used is generally 1 to 10 equivalents, preferably 1.0 to 1.2 equivalents of the compound represented by formula (2a).
  • the reaction temperature ranges from ⁇ 78° C. to the solvent reflux temperature, preferably ⁇ 78° C. to room temperature. Although the reaction time will vary depending on the reaction temperature and/or starting compound, it is generally 30 minutes to 24 hours.
  • Step 2-3 Starting from the compound represented by formula (2b) and the compound represented by formula (1d), the same procedure as shown in Step 1A-3 of Scheme 1 may be repeated to obtain a compound represented by formula (2c).
  • Step 2-4 The compound represented by formula (2c) may be reacted in a solvent in the presence of a catalyst (e.g., Pd/C, Pd(OH) 2 /C, PtO 2 ) under a hydrogen atmosphere to obtain a compound represented by formula (2d).
  • a catalyst e.g., Pd/C, Pd(OH) 2 /C, PtO 2
  • a solvent include ethers (e.g., dioxane, THF), alcohols (e.g., MeOH, EtOH), and AcOEt.
  • the amount of the catalyst to be used is generally 0.01 to 1.0 parts by weight of the compound represented by formula (2c).
  • Step 2-5 Starting from the compound represented by formula (2d), the same procedure as shown in Step 1A-5 of Scheme 1 may be repeated to obtain a compound represented by formula (2e).
  • Step 2-6 Starting from the compound represented by formula (2e), the same procedure as shown in Step 1A-6 of Scheme 1 may be repeated to obtain a compound represented by formula (2f).
  • Step 2-7 Starting from the compound represented by formula (2f), the same procedure as shown in Step 1A-7 of Scheme 1 may be repeated to obtain a compound represented by formula (2g).
  • Step 2-8 Starting from the compound represented by formula (2g) and the compound represented by formula (1k), the same procedure as shown in Step 1A-8 of Scheme 1 may be repeated to obtain a compound represented by formula (2h).
  • Step 2-9 Starting from the compound represented by formula (2h) and the compound represented by formula (1m), the same procedure as shown in Step 1A-9 of Scheme 1 may be repeated to obtain a compound represented by formula (2l).
  • the compound represented by formula (2c) may be reacted with the compound represented by formula (1gb) to obtain a compound represented by formula (2ca).
  • the procedures shown in Steps 2-5 to 2-9 of Scheme 2 may be repeated to obtain a compound represented by formula (21a) having substituent R E .
  • Step 2-4A Starting from the compound represented by (2c), the same procedure as shown in Step 1A-5B of Scheme 1 may be repeated to obtain the compound represented by formula (2ca).
  • Step 3-1 Diethyl oxalacetate sodium salt and a compound represented by formula (3a) may be reacted in the presence of acetic acid to obtain a compound represented by formula (3b).
  • Step 3-2 The compound represented by formula (3b) may be reacted with a halogenating agent (e.g., POCl 3 ) in DMF to obtain a compound represented by formula (3c).
  • a halogenating agent e.g., POCl 3
  • Step 3-3 Starting from the compound represented by formula (3c) and the compound represented by formula (1d), the same procedure as shown in Step 1A-3 of Scheme 1 may be repeated to obtain a compound represented by formula (3d).
  • Step 3-4 The compound represented by formula (3d) may be reacted with a compound represented by formula (3e) to obtain a compound represented by formula (3f).
  • the amount of the compound represented by formula (3e) to be used is 1 to 10 equivalents, preferably 1.1 to 1.5 equivalents of the compound represented by formula (3d).
  • Examples of a solvent available for use include ethers (e.g., dioxane, THF, Et 2 O) or mixtures thereof.
  • the reaction temperature ranges from ⁇ 78° C. to room temperature, preferably ⁇ 30° C. to 0° C. Although the reaction time will vary depending on the reaction temperature and/or starting compound, it is generally 30 minutes to 24 hours.
  • Step 3-5 The compound represented by formula (3f) may be reacted with a reducing agent in the presence of a Lewis acid to obtain a compound represented by formula (3g).
  • a Lewis acid include trifluoroacetic acid (TFA), TiCl 4 , SnCl 4 , and AlCl 3 .
  • the amount of the Lewis acid is 1 to 20 equivalents, preferably 5 to 10 equivalents of the compound represented by formula (3f).
  • a reducing agent include Et 3 SiH, Bu 3 SnH, and NaBH 4 .
  • the amount of the reducing agent is 1 to 5 equivalents, preferably 1 to 3 equivalents of the compound represented by formula (3f).
  • any solvent may be used as long as it is inert to the reaction, including halogenated solvents (e.g., CCl 4 , CHCl 3 , CH 2 Cl 2 ) or mixtures thereof.
  • the reaction temperature ranges from ⁇ 78° C. to the solvent reflux temperature, preferably 0° C. to room temperature.
  • Step 3-6 The compound represented by formula (3g) may be reacted with a reducing agent to obtain a compound represented by formula (3h).
  • a reducing agent include NaBH 4 , KBH 4 , LiB(H)Et 3 , LiB(sec-Bu) 3 H, (i-Bu) 2 AlH Al H (O-t-Bu) 3 , LiAlH 4 , LiHAl(O-t-Bu) 3 , and NaH 2 Al(OCH 2 CH 2 OCH 3 ).
  • the amount of the reducing agent is 0.5 to 5 equivalents, preferably 0.5 to 1.2 equivalents of the compound represented by formula (3g).
  • a solvent available for use examples include ethers (e.g., dioxane, THF, diethyl ether), hexane, benzene, toluene, or mixtures thereof.
  • the reaction temperature ranges from ⁇ 78° C. to room temperature, preferably ⁇ 78° C. to 0° C. Although the reaction time will vary depending on the reaction temperature and/or starting compound, it is generally 30 minutes to 4 hours.
  • Step 3-7 The compound represented by formula (3h) may be reacted with the compound represented by formula (1q) in the same manner as shown in Step 1B-3 of Scheme 1 to obtain a compound represented by formula (3i).
  • the amount of the compound represented by formula (1q) to be used is 1 to 10 equivalents, preferably 1.1 to 1.5 equivalents of the compound represented by formula (3h).
  • Examples of a solvent available for use include ethers (e.g., dioxane, THF, Et 2 O) or mixtures thereof.
  • the reaction temperature ranges from ⁇ 78° C. to room temperature, preferably ⁇ 30° C. to 0° C. Although the reaction time will vary depending on the reaction temperature and/or starting compound, it is generally 30 minutes to 24 hours.
  • Steps 3-8 and 3-9 Starting from the compound represented by formula (3i), the same procedures as shown in Steps 1A-6 and 1A-7 of Scheme 1 may be repeated to obtain a compound represented by formula (3j).
  • Step 3-10 Starting from the compound represented by formula (3j) and the compound represented by formula (1k), the same procedure as shown in Step 1A-8 of Scheme 1 may be repeated to obtain a compound represented by formula (3k).
  • Step 3-11 Starting from the compound represented by formula (3k) and the compound represented by formula (1m), the same procedure as shown in Step 1A-9 of Scheme 1 may be repeated to obtain a compound represented by formula (3l).
  • Step 3-12 The compound represented by formula (3l) may be reacted with an acid to obtain a compound represented by formula (3m).
  • an acid examples include hydrochloric acid/pyridine, and BBr 3 .
  • the amount of the acid to be used is 1 to 20 equivalents, preferably 10 to 20 equivalents of the compound represented by formula (3l).
  • any solvent may be used as long as it is inert to the reaction, including halogenated solvents (e.g., CCl 4 , CHCl 3 , CH 2 Cl 2 ) or mixtures thereof.
  • the reaction temperature ranges from room temperature to 200° C., preferably room temperature to 180° C.
  • the compounds of the present invention may be supplemented with commonly used excipients, extenders, pH regulators, solubilizers and so on, and then formulated using standard techniques into tablets, granules, pills, capsules, powders, solutions, suspensions, injections, etc.
  • the pharmaceutical preparations thus obtained can be administered as oral or parenteral formulations.
  • the compounds of the present invention may be given to adult patients at 1 to 1000 mg per day as a single dose or in divided doses. This dosage may be increased or decreased as appropriate for the type of disease, the age, body weight and symptom of a patient, etc.
  • the compounds of the present invention were found to be strong Edg-1(S1P 1 ) ligands, as is apparent from the test example described later.
  • NaBH 4 243 mg
  • the reaction mixture was concentrated, diluted with water, and extracted with AcOEt.
  • Example 2-(5) Starting from the compound obtained in Example 2-(5), the same procedure as used in Example 1-(4) was repeated to give the titled compound (colorless oil, yield 40%).
  • Example 2-(6) Starting from the compound obtained in Example 2-(6), the same procedure as used in Example 1-(5) was repeated to give the titled compound (colorless oil) in quantitative yield.
  • Example 1-(5) To a solution of the compound obtained in Example 1-(5) (12.3 mg) in THF (0.3 ml), Et 3 N (25 ⁇ l) and a solution of 4-methoxybenzenesulfonyl chloride (15.5 mg) in THF (0.3 ml) were sequentially added and stirred at room temperature for 2 hours. After addition of PSA (polymer supported amine, VARIAN, 1.4 meq/g) (75 ⁇ l), the reaction mixture was stirred at room temperature for 12 hours and filtered to remove insoluble materials.
  • PSA polymer supported amine, VARIAN, 1.4 meq/g
  • Example 2-(2) The same procedure as used in Example 2-(2) was repeated to give the titled compound (colorless oil, yield 47%), except that N-bromosuccinimide (NBS) was replaced with N-chlorosuccinimide (NCS).
  • NBS N-bromosuccinimide
  • NCS N-chlorosuccinimide
  • Example 2-(3) Starting from the compound obtained in Example 4-(1), the same procedure as used in Example 2-(3) was repeated to give the titled compound (colorless solid, yield 47%).
  • Example 3-(2) Starting from the compound obtained in Example 4-(2), the same procedure as used in Example 2-(5) was repeated to give the titled compound (light-yellow oil, yield 87%).
  • Example 4-(3) Starting from the compound obtained in Example 4-(3), the same procedure as used in Example 1-(4) was repeated to give the titled compound (light-yellow oil, yield 87%).
  • Example 6-(5) Starting from the compound obtained in Example 5-(5), the same procedure as used in Example 2-(5) was repeated to give the titled compound (light-yellow oil, yield 42%).
  • Example 6-(6) Starting from the compound obtained in Example 5-(6), the same procedure as used in Example 1-(4) was repeated to give the titled compound (yellow oil, yield 44%).
  • Example 5-(7) A mixture of the compound obtained in Example 5-(7) (120 mg) and palladium-activated carbon (24 mg, Pd 10 wt. %) in MeOH (3.0 ml) was stirred under a hydrogen atmosphere (about 1 atm) at room temperature for 4 hours. The reaction mixture was filtered through celite, and the filtrate was concentrated to give the titled compound (120 mg, colorless oil).
  • Example 6-(7) Starting from the compound obtained in Example 6-(7), the same procedure as used in Example 1-(4) was repeated to give the titled compound (colorless oil, yield 70%).
  • Example 6-(8) Starting from the compound obtained in Example 6-(8), the same procedure as used in Example 1-(5) was repeated to give the titled compound (colorless oil, yield 89%).
  • Example 7-(4) Starting from the compound obtained in Example 7-(4) (606 mg), the same procedure as used in Example 1-(5) was repeated to give the titled compound (214 mg) as a colorless powder.
  • Example 9-(1) (11.95 g)
  • Example 9-(4) the same procedure as used in Example 1-(4) was repeated to give the titled compound (light-yellow oil, 13.67 g).
  • Example 9-(3) Into a pressure-resistant screw-capped test tube, the compound obtained in Example 9-(3) (120 mg), 4-chlorophenol (133 mg), Cs 2 CO 3 (563 mg) and DMPU (0.69 ml) were introduced and stirred at 200° C. for 3 hours and then at 250° C. for 1.5 hours.
  • Example 9-(4) Starting from the compound obtained in Example 9-(4) (55 mg), the same procedure as used in Example 1-(6) was repeated to give the titled compound (Compound 189) (53 mg) as a colorless powder.
  • Example 9-(3) The compound obtained in Example 9-(3) (4.20 g) was dissolved in CHCl 3 (48 ml), followed by addition of trifluoroacetic acid (2.8 ml) at 0° C. After warming to room temperature, the reaction mixture was stirred for 1 hour, and then concentrated to give the titled compound (8.262 g, colorless powder).
  • Example 14-(2) (490 mg), the same procedure as used in Example 1-(4) was repeated to give the titled compound (colorless oil, 360 mg).
  • Example 14-(4) To a solution of the compound obtained in Example 14-(4) (100 mg) in chloroform (2.0 ml), m-chloroperbenzoic acid (611 mg) was added and stirred overnight at room temperature. M-Chloroperbenzoic acid (410 mg) was further added and stirred at room temperature for an additional 3 hours. After addition of AcOEt, the organic layer was washed sequentially with 5% aqueous Na 2 S 2 O 3 and saturated aqueous sodium bicarbonate, dried over MgSO 4 , filtered and evaporated to remove the solvent.
  • the membrane fraction was obtained by treating the cells with a solubilizing buffer (1 mM Tris/HCl, pH 7.2) for 10 minutes on ice, centrifuging at 1000 ⁇ g for 5 minutes to remove insoluble fractions, and then centrifuging at 40000 ⁇ g for 30 minutes at 4° C.
  • the resulting membrane fraction was dissolved in a binding buffer (20 mM Tris-HCl, pH 7.4, 100 mM NaCl, 15 mM NaF, 2 mM deoxypyridoxine, 4 mg/mL fatty acid-free BSA), and then [ 33 P]-S1P (manufactured by ARC, final concentration 0.1 nM) and a DMSO solution (final concentration of the compound 10 ⁇ 5 M, final concentration of DMSO 0.1%) of the test compound were added. Thereafter, the mixture was stirred and then treated for one hour at 30° C.
  • a binding buffer (20 mM Tris-HCl, pH 7.4, 100 mM NaCl, 15 mM NaF, 2 mM deoxypyridoxine, 4 mg/mL fatty acid-free BSA
  • [ 33 P]-S1P manufactured by ARC, final concentration 0.1 nM
  • a DMSO solution final concentration of the compound 10 ⁇ 5 M, final concentration of DMSO 0.1%)
  • the membrane fraction was harvested onto unifilter-96 GF/C filter (manufactured by Perkin Elmer), washing was carried out four times with the binding buffer, and the filter was dried. Twenty five ⁇ L Microscint 0 (manufactured by Perkin Elmer) was added, and radioactivity was measured using Top Count NXT (manufactured by Packard) to calculate the amount (A) of [ 33 P]-S1P bound to the membrane fraction at the time when the compound was added.
  • Inhibition rate (%) [1 ⁇ ( A ⁇ C )/( B ⁇ C )] ⁇ 100.
  • the concentration required for a test compound to produce 50% inhibition of the binding caused in the absence of the test compound was also calculated (IC 50 ).
  • the above membrane system binding test was performed in the presence of a test compound at various concentrations to calculate the inhibition rate of Edg-1(S1P 1 ) binding at each concentration according to the above equation, followed by calculating an IC 50 value for each compound with data analysis software, Origin (Lightstone Corp., Japan).
  • Example 1-(1) to (5), Example 2-(1) to (7), Example 4-(1) to (5), Example 5-(1) to (8), Example 7-(1) to (8), Example 9-(1) to (4), Example 11-(1) and (2), Example 16-(1) and Example 17-(1) to (4) were repeated, followed by salt formation as needed to obtain intermediate compounds or salts thereof, which are useful in preparing the compounds of formula (I) according to the present invention.
  • the intermediates thus prepared are shown in Table 2, along with the intermediates obtained in the examples shown above.
  • the compounds of the present invention are excellent Edg-1(S1P 1 ) ligands, they are useful as therapeutic and/or prophylactic agents for autoimmune disease such as Crohn's disease, irritable colitis, Sjogren's syndrome, multiple sclerosis and systemic lupus erythematosus, as well as other diseases such as rheumatoid arthritis, asthma, atopic dermatitis, rejection after organ transplantation, cancer, retinopathy, psoriasis, osteoarthritis, age-related macular degeneration, etc.
  • autoimmune disease such as Crohn's disease, irritable colitis, Sjogren's syndrome, multiple sclerosis and systemic lupus erythematosus
  • other diseases such as rheumatoid arthritis, asthma, atopic dermatitis, rejection after organ transplantation, cancer, retinopathy, psoriasis, osteoarthritis, age-related macular degeneration, etc.

Abstract

The present invention aims to provide compounds which have an inhibitory effect on the binding between S1P and its receptor Edg-1(S1P1) and which are useful for pharmaceutical purposes.
A compound represented by formula (I) or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof:
Figure US20090182144A1-20090716-C00001
[wherein Ar represents a monocyclic heterocyclic ring containing one or two nitrogen atoms, A represents an oxygen atom or the like, Y1, Y2 and Y3 each represent a carbon atom or a nitrogen atom, R1 represents a hydrogen atom, a C1-C6 alkyl group or the like, R2 represents a C1-C6 alkyl group, a C3-C8 cycloalkyl group or the like, R3 represents a C1-C18 alkyl group or the like, R4 represents a hydrogen atom or a C1-C6 alkyl group, and R5 represents a C1-C10 alkyl group or the like].

Description

    TECHNICAL FIELD
  • The present invention relates to novel compounds which have an inhibitory effect on the binding between sphingosine-1-phosphate having various physiological actions and its receptor Edg-1 (Endothelial differentiation gene receptor type-1, S1P1). The present invention also relates to pharmaceutical preparations comprising these compounds as active ingredients, and synthetic intermediates for these compounds.
  • BACKGROUND ART
  • Sphingosine-1-phosphate (hereinafter referred to as “S1P”) is a physiologically active lipid which is generated when sphingolipids (typified by sphingomyelin) are metabolized in cells. S1P is known to have a wide variety of actions such as cell differentiation induction, cell growth stimulation, cell motility inhibition and apoptosis inhibition, and is also known to show physiological actions such as angiogenesis, bradycardia induction, inflammatory cell activation and platelet activation (Non-patent Document 1).
  • As S1P receptors, the following 5 subtypes have been reported: Edg-1(S1P1), Edg-3(S1P3), Edg-5(S1P2), Edg-6(S1P4) and Edg-8(S1P5) (Non-patent Document 2).
  • Among these subtypes, Edg-1(S1P1) is highly expressed in immunocytes (e.g., T cells, dendritic cells) and vascular endothelial cells, suggesting that Edg-1(S1P1) contributes deeply to S1P-stimulated T cell migration (Non-patent Document 3), mast cell migration (Non-patent Document 4), T and B cell egress from lymphoid organs (Non-patent Document 5) and angiogenesis (Non-patent Document 6), and is involved in autoimmune diseases such as Crohn's disease, irritable colitis, Sjogren's syndrome, multiple sclerosis and systemic lupus erythematosus, as well as other diseases such as rheumatoid arthritis, asthma, atopic dermatitis, rejection after organ transplantation, cancer, retinopathy, psoriasis, osteoarthritis, age-related macular degeneration, etc.
  • Thus, ligands for Edg-1(S1P1) would be effective for treatment or prevention of these diseases.
  • Edg-1(S1P1) ligands previously known include certain types of thiophene derivatives (Non-patent Document 7), phosphoric acid derivatives (Patent Documents 1 and 2, Non-patent Documents 8 and 9) and thiazolidine derivatives (Patent Document 3), carboxylic acid derivatives (Patent Documents 4, 5, 6 and 8, Non-patent Documents 10 and 11), amino group-containing derivatives (Patent Document 7), and pyrrole derivatives (Patent Document 9).
  • Patent Document 1: WO2002-18395
  • Patent Document 2: JP 2003-137894 A
  • Patent Document 3: JP 2002-332278 A
  • Patent Document 4: WO2002-092068
  • Patent Document 5: WO2003-105771
  • Patent Document 6: WO2004-058149
  • Patent Document 7: WO2004-103279
  • Patent Document 8: WO2005-1058848
  • Patent Document 9: WO2005-123677
  • Non-patent Document 1: J Biol. Chem. 2004, 279: 20555, FASEB J 2002, 16: 625, Proceedings of the Japanese Society for Immunology 2003, 33: 2-J-W30-20-P
  • Non-patent Document 2: Pharmacol Res 2003, 47: 401
  • Non-patent Document 3: FASEB J 2002, 16:1874
  • Non-patent Document 4: J Exp Med 2004, 199: 959
  • Non-patent Document 5: Nature 2004, 427: 355
  • Non-patent Document 6: J Clin Invest 2000, 106: 951, Biocchim Biophys Acta 2002, 1582: 222
  • Non-patent Document 7: J Biol Chem 2004, 279: 13839
  • Non-patent Document 8: Bioorg Med Chem Lett 2003, 13: 3401
  • Non-patent Document 9: J Biol. Chem. 2005; 280: 9833
  • Non-patent Document 10: J Med. Chem. 2004, 47: 6662
  • Non-patent Document 11: J Med. Chem. 2005, 48: 6169
  • DISCLOSURE OF THE INVENTION Problems to be Solved by the Invention
  • The object of the present invention is to provide compounds having a novel skeleton, which have an inhibitory effect on the binding between S1P and its receptor Edg-1(S1P1) and which are useful for pharmaceutical purposes.
  • Means for Solving the Problems
  • As a result of extensive and intensive efforts made to find ligand compounds for Edg-1(S1P1), the inventors of the present invention have found that this object is achieved by a compound of the following formula (I) or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof. This finding led to the completion of the present invention.
  • Embodiments will be given below for a compound of formula (I) and its intermediate compound of formula (II) (hereinafter each referred to as “the compound of the present invention”).
  • 1. A compound represented by formula (I) or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof:
  • Figure US20090182144A1-20090716-C00002
  • {wherein Ar represents a monocyclic heterocyclic ring containing one or two nitrogen atoms,
  • wherein said Ar may be substituted with a substituent(s) selected from the group consisting of a C1-C6 alkyl group, a phenyl group and a halogen atom,
  • Y1, Y2 and Y3 each represent a carbon atom or a nitrogen atom,
  • A represents an oxygen atom, a sulfur atom, a group represented by the formula —SO2—, or a group represented by the formula —NR6— (wherein R6 represents a hydrogen atom or a C1-C6 alkyl group),
  • R1 represents a hydrogen atom, a C1-C6 alkyl group which may be substituted with a substituent(s) selected from the following group [wherein said group consists of a hydroxyl group, a halogen atom, a C1-C6 alkoxy group (wherein said alkoxy group may be substituted with a phenyl group) and a phenyl group (wherein said phenyl group may be substituted with a substituent(s) selected from the group consisting of a halogen atom and a C1-C6 alkyl group)], a C3-C8 cycloalkyl group, a C2-C8 alkenyl group, a C2-C8 alkynyl group, or a phenyl group,
  • R2 represents a hydrogen atom, a C1-C6 alkyl group, or a C3-C8 cycloalkyl group,
  • R3 represents (i) a hydrogen atom, (ii) a C1-C18 alkyl group, (iii) a C2-C8 alkenyl group which may be substituted with a phenyl group or a benzyloxy group, (iv) a C2-C8 alkynyl group which may be substituted with a phenyl group, (v) a C3-C8 cycloalkyl group which may be condensed with a benzene ring, (vi) a C1-C6 alkyl group substituted with a substituent(s) selected from the following group [wherein said group consists of a halogen atom, a phenyl group (wherein said phenyl group may be substituted with 1 to 5 substituents selected from the group consisting of a phenyl group, a cyano group, a halogen atom, a C1-C6 alkyl group, a C1-C6 alkoxy group, a trifluoromethyl group, a methoxycarbonyl group, a C1-C6 alkylthio group, a dimethylamino group, a nitro group and an acetamido group), a C3-C8 cycloalkyl group, a hydroxyl group, a C1-C6 alkylthio group, a C1-C6 alkoxy group, a benzyloxy group, a phenoxy group, a trifluoromethyl group, a difluoromethyl group, a benzenesulfonyl group, a naphthyl group, a C7-C10 tricycloalkyl group, a carbomethoxy(phenyl)methyl group, a diphenylmethyl group, a 1-phenylethyl group, an imidazolyl group, an indolyl group, a pyridyl group, an oxetanyl group, an oxolanyl group, a methylpiperidinyl group, a piperazino group which may be substituted with a C1-C6 alkyl group(s), a benzylpiperidinyl group, a morpholino group, a 2-oxopyrrolidin-1-yl group, a 2-oxoimidazolidin-1-yl group, a group represented by the formula:

  • —CO2R11
  • (wherein R11 represents a hydrogen atom or a C1-C6 alkyl group), a group represented by the formula:
  • Figure US20090182144A1-20090716-C00003
  • (wherein R12 and R13 each represent a hydrogen atom or a C1-C6 alkyl group), a group represented by the formula:
  • Figure US20090182144A1-20090716-C00004
  • (wherein R14 and R15 each represent a hydrogen atom, a C1-C6 alkyl group, a phenyl group or a 4-pyridylcarbonyl group), and the formula:

  • —COR16
  • (wherein R16 represents a C1-C6 alkyl group or a phenyl group)], (vii) an oxolanyl group, a methylpiperidinyl group, or a group represented by the formula:
  • Figure US20090182144A1-20090716-C00005
  • or (viii) an optionally substituted aryl group,
  • R4 represents a hydrogen atom, or a C1-C6 alkyl group which may be substituted with a carboxyl group, and
  • R5 represents (i) a C1-C10 alkyl group, (ii) a C1-C10 alkyl group which is substituted with one or two substituents selected from the following group (wherein said group consists of a C3-C8 cycloalkyl group, a pyridyl group, and a phenyl, phenoxy or naphthyl group which may be substituted with one or two substituents selected from the group consisting of a halogen atom and a C1-C6 alkoxy group) (iii) a C3-C8 cycloalkyl group, (iv) a C2-C8 alkenyl group, (v) a C2-C8 alkenyl group substituted with a phenyl group, (vi) a C2-C8 alkynyl group, (vii) a C2-C8 alkynyl group substituted with a phenyl group, or (viii) an optionally substituted aryl group, provided that when Ar is a group represented by the following formula:
  • Figure US20090182144A1-20090716-C00006
  • which may be substituted with a C1-C6 alkyl group, R5 is not a C1-C10 alkyl group}.
    2.
  • The compound or pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof according to embodiment 1, wherein in formula (I),
  • Ar represents a monocyclic heterocyclic ring containing one or two nitrogen atoms,
  • A represents an oxygen atom, a sulfur atom, or a group represented by the formula —NR6— (wherein R6 represents a hydrogen atom or a C1-C6 alkyl group),
  • R1 represents a hydrogen atom, a C1-C6 alkyl group, or a C1-C6 alkyl group substituted with a phenyl group,
  • R2 represents a C1-C6 alkyl group, or a C3-C8 cycloalkyl group,
  • R3 represents a C1-C6 alkyl group, or an optionally substituted aryl group,
  • R4 represents a hydrogen atom, or a C1-C6 alkyl group, and
  • R5 represents (i) a C1-C10 alkyl group, (ii) a C1-C10 alkyl group which is substituted with one or two substituents selected from the following group (wherein said group consists of a C3-C8 cycloalkyl group, a phenyl group, a naphthyl group, a pyridyl group, and a phenyl group substituted with one or two substituents selected from the group consisting of a halogen atom and a C1-C6 alkoxy group) (iii) a C3-C8 cycloalkyl group, (iv) a C2-C8 alkenyl group, (v) a C2-C8 alkenyl group substituted with a phenyl group, (vi) a C2-C8 alkynyl group, (vii) a C2-C8 alkynyl group substituted with a phenyl group, or (viii) an optionally substituted aryl group.
  • 3.
  • The compound or pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof according to embodiment 1, wherein Ar is a substituent represented by the following formula:
  • Figure US20090182144A1-20090716-C00007
  • which may be substituted with a substituent selected from the group consisting of a C1-C6 alkyl group, a phenyl group and a halogen atom.
    4.
  • The compound or pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof according to embodiment 1, wherein Ar is a substituent represented by the following formula:
  • Figure US20090182144A1-20090716-C00008
  • which may be substituted with a substituent selected from the group consisting of a C1-C6 alkyl group, a phenyl group and a halogen atom.
    5.
  • The compound or pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof according to embodiment 1, wherein Ar is a substituent represented by the following formula:
  • Figure US20090182144A1-20090716-C00009
  • which may be substituted with a substituent selected from the group consisting of a C1-C6 alkyl group, a phenyl group and a halogen atom.
    6.
  • The compound or pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof according to any one of embodiments 1 to 5, wherein A is an oxygen atom.
  • 7.
  • The compound or pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof according to any one of embodiments 1 and 3 to 6, wherein R1 is a C1-C6 alkyl group which may be substituted with a halogen atom(s), or a benzyl group which may be substituted with a substituent(s) selected from the group consisting of a halogen atom and a C1-C6 alkyl group.
  • 8.
  • The compound or pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof according to any one of embodiments 1 and 3 to 6, wherein R1 is a methyl group, an ethyl group or a benzyl group which may be substituted with a halogen atom(s).
  • 9.
  • The compound or pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof according to any one of embodiments 1 to 6, wherein R1 is a methyl group or an ethyl group.
  • 10.
  • The compound or pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof according to any one of embodiments 1 to 9, wherein R4 is a hydrogen atom.
  • 11.
  • The compound or pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof according to any one of embodiments 1 to 10, wherein R2 is a C1-C6 alkyl group or a C3-C6 cycloalkyl group.
  • 12.
  • The compound or pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof according to any one of embodiments 1 to 10, wherein R2 is an ethyl group or a cyclopropyl group.
  • 13.
  • The compound or pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof according to any one of embodiments 1 and 3 to 12, wherein R5 is (i) a C1-C10 alkyl group, (ii) a C1-C10 alkyl group which is substituted with one or two substituents selected from the following group (wherein said group consists of a C3-C8 cycloalkyl group, a pyridyl group, and a phenyl, phenoxy or naphthyl group which may be substituted with one or two substituents selected from the group consisting of a halogen atom and a C1-C6 alkoxy group), (iii) a C2-C8 alkenyl group which may be substituted with a phenyl group, or (iv) a phenyl group, a naphthyl group, a thienyl group, a pyrrolyl group, a pyrazolyl group, a pyridyl group, a furanyl group, a benzothienyl group, an isoquinolinyl group, an isoxazolyl group, a thiazolyl group, a benzothiadiazolyl group, a benzoxadiazolyl group, a phenyl group condensed with a 5- to 7-membered saturated hydrocarbon ring which may contain one or two oxygen atoms as ring members, a uracil group, a coumaryl group, a dihydroindolyl group, or a tetrahydroisoquinolinyl group, wherein these groups may each be substituted with 1 to 5 substituents selected from the following group
  • [wherein said group consists of a C1-C6 alkyl group which may be substituted with a fluorine atom(s), a C2-C8 alkenyl group, a halogen atom, a C1-C6 alkoxy group which may be substituted with a fluorine atom(s), a pyrazolyl, oxazolyl, isoxazolyl, thiadiazolyl or pyrimidinyl group, which may be substituted with a substituent(s) selected from the group Y (wherein the group Y consists of a methyl group, a trifluoromethyl group, a halogen atom and a methylsulfanyl group), a C1-C6 alkylthio group, a C1-C6 alkylsulfonyl group, a benzenesulfonyl group, a morpholinosulfonyl group, a morpholinocarbonylamino group, an aminosulfonyl group, a C2-C10 alkoxycarbonyl group, a morpholino group which may be substituted with a C1-C6 alkyl group(s), a phenyl group which may be substituted with a C1-C6 alkoxy group(s), a phenoxy group, a pyridinecarbonyl group, a pyridineoxy group, a cyano group, a C2-C7 alkanoyl group which may be substituted with a fluorine atom(s) and a C2-C7 alkanoylamino group].
    14.
  • The compound or pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof according to any one of embodiments 1 to 12, wherein R5 is a C1-C10 alkyl group substituted with a C3-C8 cycloalkyl group, a C1-C10 alkyl group substituted with a naphthyl group, a C2-C8 alkenyl group substituted with a phenyl group, a phenyl or naphthyl group which may be substituted with 1 to 5 substituents selected from the following group (wherein said group consists of a C1-C6 alkyl group, a halogen atom, a C1-C6 alkoxy group, a trifluoromethoxy group, a difluoromethoxy group, a trifluoromethyl group, a C1-C6 alkenyl group, a C1-C6 alkylsulfonyl group, a C2-C7 alkanoyl group, a C2-C7 alkoxycarbonyl group and a cyano group), a pyrrolyl group which may be substituted with a substituent(s) selected from the group consisting of a C1-C6 alkyl group and a methoxycarbonyl group, a furanyl group which may be substituted with a substituent(s) selected from the following group (wherein said group consists of a C1-C6 alkyl group, a trifluoromethyl group and a halogen atom), a thienyl group which may be substituted with a substituent(s) selected from the following group (wherein said group consists of a C1-C6 alkyl group, a trifluoromethyl group, a thiadiazolyl group, an oxazolyl group and a halogen atom), or a benzothienyl, dihydrobenzodioxepinyl, benzodioxolyl, dihydrobenzodioxinyl, dihydrobenzofuranyl, tetrahydronaphthyl, indanyl, thiadiazolyl, benzoxadiazolyl or benzothiadiazolyl group which may be substituted with a substituent(s) selected from the group consisting of a C1-C6 alkyl group and a halogen atom.
  • 15.
  • The compound or pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof according to any one of embodiments 1 to 12, wherein R5 is a C1-C6 alkyl group substituted with a naphthyl group, a C2-C6 alkenyl group substituted with a phenyl group, an unsubstituted phenyl group, a phenyl group substituted with 1 to 5 substituents selected from the following group (wherein said group consists of a methyl group, a methoxy group and a halogen atom), a phenyl group which is substituted with 1 to 3 substituents selected from the following group and at least one of whose 3- and 4-positions is substituted (wherein said group consists of a C1-C6 alkyl group, a halogen atom, a methoxy group, a trifluoromethoxy group, a difluoromethoxy group, a trifluoromethyl group, a C1-C6 alkenyl group, a methylsulfonyl group, an acetyl group, a methoxycarbonyl group and a cyano group), a naphthyl group which may be substituted with a substituent(s) selected from the following group (wherein said group consists of a halogen atom, a C1-C6 alkyl group, a cyano group and a C1-C6 alkylsulfonyl group), a furanyl group which may be substituted with a substituent(s) selected from the group consisting of a trifluoromethyl group and a halogen atom, or a benzothienyl, benzoxadiazolyl, benzodioxolyl, dihydrobenzodioxinyl, dihydrobenzofuranyl, indanyl or benzothiadiazolyl group which may be substituted with a substituent(s) selected from the group consisting of a C1-C6 alkyl group and a halogen atom.
  • 16.
  • The compound or pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof according to any one of embodiments 1 to 12, wherein R5 is a phenyl group whose 3- and 4-positions are each substituted with a halogen atom, or a naphthyl group which may be substituted with a substituent(s) selected from the group consisting of a halogen atom, a C1-C6 alkyl group and a cyano group.
  • 17.
  • The compound or pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof according to any one of embodiments 1 to 16, wherein R3 is a phenyl group, a naphthyl group, a pyrazolyl group, a pyridyl group, an indolyl group, a benzothiazolyl group, a benzothiadiazolyl group, a pyrazolopyrimidinyl group, a quinolinyl group, an isoquinolinyl group, a benzothienyl group or a dihydroquinolinonyl group, wherein these groups may each be substituted with 1 to 3 substituents selected from the following group [wherein said group consists of substituents listed below: a C1-C6 alkyl group which may be substituted with a fluorine atom(s), a C3-C8 cycloalkyl group, a halogen atom, a C1-C6 alkoxy group (wherein said alkoxy group may be substituted with a substituent(s) selected from the group consisting of a fluorine atom, a phenyl group, an amino group substituted with two C1-C4 alkyl groups and a morpholino group), a phenoxy group, a phenyl group, a carboxyl group, a C2-C10 alkoxycarbonyl group, a hydroxyl group, a C2-C7 monocyclic saturated hydrocarbon group containing a nitrogen atom(s) as a ring member(s) (wherein said saturated hydrocarbon group may be substituted with a C1-C6 alkyl group(s)), a nitrogen-containing monocyclic unsaturated hydrocarbon group, a morpholinyl group which may be substituted with a C1-C6 alkyl group(s), a piperazino group which may be substituted with a substituent(s) selected from the following group (wherein said group consists of a C1-C6 alkyl group (wherein said alkyl group may be substituted with an amino group which may be substituted with one or two C1-C6 alkyl groups, a morpholino group, a hydroxyl group, or a C1-C6 alkoxy group), a formyl group, a C2-C7 alkanoyl group, a carbamoyl group which may be substituted with one or two C1-C4 alkyl groups, an aminosulfonyl group which may be substituted with one or two C1-C6 alkyl groups, and a C1-C6 alkylsulfonyl group), and the formula:

  • —NR7R8
  • wherein R7 and R8 each represent a hydrogen atom, a C1-C6 alkyl group (wherein said alkyl group may be substituted with an amino group which may be substituted with one or two C1-C6 alkyl groups, a hydroxyl group, or a C1-C6 alkoxy group), a C1-C6 alkanoyl group, a carbamoyl group which may be substituted with one or two C1-C4 alkyl groups, a morpholinocarbonyl group, an aminosulfonyl group which may be substituted with one or two C1-C6 alkyl groups, or a C1-C6 alkylsulfonyl group, or alternatively, R7 and R8 optionally form, together with the nitrogen atom to which R7 and R8 are attached, a 3- to 8-membered saturated hydrocarbon ring, wherein said ring may be substituted with a substituent(s) selected from the group consisting of a dimethylenedioxy group, an oxo group and a hydroxyl group].
    18.
  • The compound or pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof according to any one of embodiments 1 to 16, wherein R3 is a 2-naphthyl group (wherein said naphthyl group may be substituted with a substituent(s) selected from the group consisting of a halogen atom and a C1-C6 alkyl group), a 3-pyrazolyl group (wherein said pyrazolyl group may be substituted with a substituent(s) selected from the group consisting of a C1-C6 alkyl group, a trifluoromethyl group and a halogen atom), or a 5-benzothiazolyl, 5-benzothiadiazolyl, 7-dihydroquinolinonyl, 7-isoquinolinyl, 7-quinolinyl, 3-pyridyl or indolyl group which may be substituted with a C1-C6 alkyl group(s), an unsubstituted phenyl group, or a substituted phenyl group shown in (A) to (C) below:
  • (A) a phenyl group whose 4-position is substituted with a substituent selected from the group consisting of a C1-C6 alkyl group, a C3-C8 cycloalkyl group, a C1-C6 alkoxy group (wherein said alkoxy group may be substituted with a substituent(s) selected from the group consisting of an amino group substituted with two C1-C4 alkyl groups, a morpholino group and a phenyl group), a halogen atom, a trifluoromethoxy group, a phenoxy group, a phenyl group, a 1-pyrrolyl group, and —NRARB (wherein RA and RB are each a C1-C6 alkyl group, or RA and RB optionally form, together with the nitrogen atom to which RA and R8 are attached, a 3- to 5-membered saturated hydrocarbon ring), and further whose 3-position may be substituted with a substituent selected from the group consisting of a C1-C6 alkyl group, a halogen atom and a C1-C6 alkoxy group,
    (B) a phenyl group whose 3-position is substituted with a substituent selected from the group consisting of a hydroxyl group, a C1-C6 alkyl group and a C1-C6 alkoxy group (wherein said alkoxy group may be substituted with a substituent(s) selected from the group consisting of an amino group substituted with two C1-C4 alkyl groups, a morpholino group and a phenyl group), and further which may be substituted with one or two C1-C6 alkyl groups or whose 4-position may be substituted with a halogen atom,
    and
    (C) a phenyl group whose 3-position is substituted with a substituent selected from the group consisting of nitrogen-containing groups shown in (i) to (v) below, and further whose 4-position may be substituted with a halogen atom:
  • (i) a C2-C7 monocyclic saturated hydrocarbon group containing a nitrogen atom(s) as a ring member(s) (wherein said saturated hydrocarbon group may be substituted with a C1-C6 alkyl group(s)),
  • (ii) a nitrogen-containing monocyclic unsaturated hydrocarbon group,
  • (iii) a morpholinyl group which may be substituted with a C1-C6 alkyl group(s),
  • (iv) a piperazino group [wherein said piperazino group may be substituted with a C1-C6 alkyl group which may be substituted with a substituent(s) selected from the following group (wherein said group consists of an amino group substituted with two C1-C4 alkyl groups and a morpholino group) or a C2-C7 alkanoyl group], and
  • (v) the formula —NR7R8
  • wherein R7 and R8 each represent a hydrogen atom, a C1-C6 alkyl group (wherein said alkyl group may be substituted with an amino group which may be substituted with one or two C1-C6 alkyl groups, a hydroxyl group, or a C1-C6 alkoxy group), a C1-C6 alkanoyl group, a carbamoyl group which may be substituted with one or two C1-C4 alkyl groups, a morpholinocarbonyl group, an aminosulfonyl group which may be substituted with one or two C1-C6 alkyl groups, or a C1-C6 alkylsulfonyl group, or alternatively, R7 and R8 optionally form, together with the nitrogen atom to which R7 and R8 are attached, a 3- to 8-membered saturated hydrocarbon ring, wherein said ring may be substituted with a substituent(s) selected from the group consisting of a dimethylenedioxy group, an oxo group and a hydroxyl group.
    19.
  • The compound or pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof according to any one of embodiments 1 to 16, wherein R3 is a phenyl group whose 3-position is substituted with a substituent selected from the group consisting of nitrogen-containing groups shown in (i) to (v) below, and further whose 4-position may be substituted with a halogen atom:
  • (i) a C2-C7 monocyclic saturated hydrocarbon group containing a nitrogen atom(s) as a ring member(s) (wherein said saturated hydrocarbon group may be substituted with a C1-C6 alkyl group(s)),
  • (ii) a nitrogen-containing monocyclic unsaturated hydrocarbon group,
  • (iii) a morpholinyl group which may be substituted with a C1-C6 alkyl group(s),
  • (iv) a piperazino group [wherein said piperazino group may be substituted with a C1-C6 alkyl group which may be substituted with a substituent(s) selected from the following group (wherein said group consists of an amino group substituted with two C1-C4 alkyl groups and a morpholino group) or a C2-C7 alkanoyl group], and
  • (v) the formula —NR7R8
  • wherein R7 and R8 each represent a hydrogen atom, a C1-C6 alkyl group (wherein said alkyl group may be substituted with an amino group which may be substituted with one or two C1-C6 alkyl groups, a hydroxyl group, or a C1-C6 alkoxy group), a C1-C6 alkanoyl group, a carbamoyl group which may be substituted with one or two C1-C4 alkyl groups, a morpholinocarbonyl group, an aminosulfonyl group which may be substituted with one or two C1-C6 alkyl groups, or a C1-C6 alkylsulfonyl group, or alternatively, R7 and R8 optionally form, together with the nitrogen atom to which R7 and R8 are attached, a 3- to 8-membered saturated hydrocarbon ring, wherein said ring may be substituted with a substituent(s) selected from the group consisting of a dimethylenedioxy group, an oxo group and a hydroxyl group.
    20.
  • The compound or pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof according to any one of embodiments 1 to 16, wherein R3 is a phenyl group whose 4-position is substituted with a fluorine atom or a chlorine atom.
  • 21.
  • The compound or pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof according to any one of embodiments 1 to 16, wherein R3 is a 6-indolyl group.
  • 22.
  • The compound or pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof according to any one of embodiments 1 and 3 to 16, wherein R3 is a C1-C18 alkyl group which may be substituted with a substituent(s) selected from the following group (wherein said group consists of a halogen atom, an amino group which may be substituted with one or two C1-C6 alkyl groups, a C1-C6 alkoxy group, a piperazino group which may be substituted with a C1-C6 alkyl group(s), a phenyl group and a morpholino group), a C2-C8 alkenyl group, a C2-C8 alkynyl group, or a C3-C8 cycloalkyl group.
  • 23.
  • The compound or pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof according to any one of embodiments 1 and 3 to 16, wherein R3 is a C1-C6 alkyl group substituted with a substituent(s) selected from the following group (wherein said group consists of an amino group which may be substituted with one or two C1-C6 alkyl groups, and a C1-C6 alkoxy group), or a C3-C5 cycloalkyl group.
  • 24.
  • A pharmaceutical preparation comprising the compound or pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof according to any one of embodiments 1 to 23.
  • 25.
  • The pharmaceutical preparation according to embodiment 24, which is a therapeutic agent for an autoimmune disease such as Crohn's disease, irritable colitis, Sjogren's syndrome, multiple sclerosis or systemic lupus erythematosus, rheumatoid arthritis, asthma, atopic dermatitis, rejection after organ transplantation, cancer, retinopathy, psoriasis, osteoarthritis or age-related macular degeneration.
  • 26.
  • A compound represented by formula (II) or a salt thereof:
  • Figure US20090182144A1-20090716-C00010
  • (wherein R1, R2 and R3 are as defined above in embodiment 1, and Y4 and Y5 each represent a nitrogen atom or the formula CR17 (wherein R17 represents a hydrogen atom, a C1-C6 alkyl group, a phenyl group, or a halogen atom), provided that either of Y4 and Y5 is a nitrogen atom).
    27.
  • The compound or salt thereof according to embodiment 26, wherein in formula (II), Y4 is CH, and Y5 is a nitrogen atom.
  • 28.
  • The compound or salt thereof according to embodiment 26 or 27, wherein R1 is a C1-C6 alkyl group which may be substituted with a halogen atom(s), or a benzyl group which may be substituted with a substituent(s) selected from the group consisting of a halogen atom and a C1-C6 alkyl group.
  • 29.
  • The compound or salt thereof according to embodiment 26 or 27, wherein R1 is a methyl group, an ethyl group or a benzyl group which may be substituted with a halogen atom(s).
  • 30.
  • The compound or salt thereof according to embodiment 26 or 27, wherein R1 is a methyl group or an ethyl group.
  • 31.
  • The compound or salt thereof according to any one of embodiments 26 to 30, wherein R2 is a C1-C6 alkyl group or a C3-C8 cycloalkyl group.
  • 32.
  • The compound or salt thereof according to any one of embodiments 26 to 30, wherein R2 is an ethyl group or a cyclopropyl group.
  • 33.
  • The compound or salt thereof according to any one of embodiments 26 to 32, wherein R3 is a phenyl group, a naphthyl group, a pyrazolyl group, a pyridyl group, an indolyl group, a benzothiazolyl group, a benzothiadiazolyl group, a pyrazolopyrimidinyl group, a quinolinyl group, an isoquinolinyl group, a benzothienyl group or a dihydroquinolinonyl group, wherein these groups may each be substituted with 1 to 3 substituents selected from the following group [wherein said group consists of substituents listed below: a C1-C6 alkyl group which may be substituted with a fluorine atom(s), a C3-C8 cycloalkyl group, a halogen atom, a C1-C6 alkoxy group (wherein said alkoxy group may be substituted with a substituent(s) selected from the group consisting of a fluorine atom, a phenyl group, an amino group substituted with two C1-C4 alkyl groups and a morpholino group), a phenoxy group, a phenyl group, a carboxyl group, a C2-C10 alkoxycarbonyl group, a hydroxyl group, a C2-C7 monocyclic saturated hydrocarbon group containing a nitrogen atom(s) as a ring member(s) (wherein said saturated hydrocarbon group may be substituted with a C1-C6 alkyl group(s)), a nitrogen-containing monocyclic unsaturated hydrocarbon group, a morpholinyl group which may be substituted with a C1-C6 alkyl group(s), a piperazino group which may be substituted with a substituent(s) selected from the following group [wherein said group consists of a C1-C6 alkyl group (wherein said alkyl group may be substituted with an amino group which may be substituted with one or two C1-C6 alkyl groups, a morpholino group, a hydroxyl group, or a C1-C6 alkoxy group), a formyl group, a C2-C7 alkanoyl group, a carbamoyl group which may be substituted with one or two C1-C4 alkyl groups, an aminosulfonyl group which may be substituted with one or two C1-C6 alkyl groups, and a C1-C6 alkylsulfonyl group], and the formula:

  • —NR7R8
  • wherein R7 and R8 each represent a hydrogen atom, a C1-C6 alkyl group (wherein said alkyl group may be substituted with an amino group which may be substituted with one or two C1-C6 alkyl groups, a hydroxyl group, or a C1-C6 alkoxy group), a C1-C6 alkanoyl group, a carbamoyl group which may be substituted with one or two C1-C4 alkyl groups, a morpholinocarbonyl group, an aminosulfonyl group which may be substituted with one or two C1-C6 alkyl groups, or a C1-C6 alkylsulfonyl group, or alternatively, R7 and R8 optionally form, together with the nitrogen atom to which R7 and R8 are attached, a 3- to 8-membered saturated hydrocarbon ring, wherein said ring may be substituted with a substituent(s) selected from the group consisting of a dimethylenedioxy group, an oxo group and a hydroxyl group].
    34.
  • The compound or salt thereof according to any one of embodiments 26 to 32, wherein R3 is a 2-naphthyl group (wherein said naphthyl group may be substituted with a substituent(s) selected from the group consisting of a halogen atom and a C1-C6 alkyl group), a 3-pyrazolyl group (wherein said pyrazolyl group may be substituted with a substituent(s) selected from the group consisting of a C1-C6 alkyl group, a trifluoromethyl group and a halogen atom), or a 5-benzothiazolyl, 5-benzothiadiazolyl, 7-dihydroquinolinonyl, 7-isoquinolinyl, 7-quinolinyl, 3-pyridyl or indolyl group which may be substituted with a C1-C6 alkyl group(s), an unsubstituted phenyl group, or a substituted phenyl group shown in (A) to (C) below:
  • (A) a phenyl group whose 4-position is substituted with a substituent selected from the group consisting of a C1-C6 alkyl group, a C3-C8 cycloalkyl group, a C1-C6 alkoxy group (wherein said alkoxy group may be substituted with a substituent(s) selected from the group consisting of an amino group substituted with two C1-C4 alkyl groups, a morpholino group and a phenyl group), a halogen atom, a trifluoromethoxy group, a phenoxy group, a phenyl group, a 1-pyrrolyl group, and —NRARB (wherein RA and RB are each a C1-C6 alkyl group, or RA and RB optionally form, together with the nitrogen atom to which RA and RB are attached, a 3- to 5-membered saturated hydrocarbon ring), and further whose 3-position may be substituted with a substituent selected from the group consisting of a C1-C6 alkyl group, a halogen atom and a C1-C6 alkoxy group,
    (B) a phenyl group whose 3-position is substituted with a substituent selected from the group consisting of a hydroxyl group, a C1-C6 alkyl group and a C1-C6 alkoxy group (wherein said alkoxy group may be substituted with a substituent(s) selected from the group consisting of an amino group substituted with two C1-C4 alkyl groups, a morpholino group and a phenyl group), and further which may be substituted with one or two C1-C6 alkyl groups or whose 4-position may be substituted with a halogen atom,
    and
    (C) a phenyl group whose 3-position is substituted with a substituent selected from the group consisting of nitrogen-containing groups shown in (i) to (v) below, and further whose 4-position may be substituted with a halogen atom:
  • (i) a C2-C7 monocyclic saturated hydrocarbon group containing a nitrogen atom(s) as a ring member(s) (wherein said saturated hydrocarbon group may be substituted with a C1-C6 alkyl group(s)),
  • (ii) a nitrogen-containing monocyclic unsaturated hydrocarbon group,
  • (iii) a morpholinyl group which may be substituted with a C1-C6 alkyl group(s),
  • (iv) a piperazino group [wherein said piperazino group may be substituted with a C1-C6 alkyl group which may be substituted with a substituent(s) selected from the following group (wherein said group consists of an amino group substituted with two C1-C4 alkyl groups and a morpholino group) or a C2-C7 alkanoyl group], and
  • (v) the formula —NR7R8
  • wherein R7 and R8 each represent a hydrogen atom, a C1-C6 alkyl group (wherein said alkyl group may be substituted with an amino group which may be substituted with one or two C1-C6 alkyl groups, a morpholino group, a hydroxyl group, or a C1-C6 alkoxy group), a C1-C6 alkanoyl group, a carbamoyl group which may be substituted with one or two C1-C4 alkyl groups, a morpholinocarbonyl group, an aminosulfonyl group which may be substituted with one or two C1-C6 alkyl groups, or a C1-C6 alkylsulfonyl group, or alternatively, R7 and R8 optionally form, together with the nitrogen atom to which R7 and R8 are attached, a 3- to 8-membered saturated hydrocarbon ring, wherein said ring may be substituted with a substituent(s) selected from the group consisting of a dimethylenedioxy group, an oxo group and a hydroxyl group.
    35.
  • The compound or salt thereof according to any one of embodiments 26 to 32, wherein R3 is a C1-C18 alkyl group which may be substituted with a substituent(s) selected from the following group (wherein said group consists of a halogen atom, an amino group which may be substituted with one or two C1-C6 alkyl groups, a C1-C6 alkoxy group, a piperazino group which may be substituted with a C1-C6 alkyl group(s), a phenyl group and a morpholino group), a C2-C8 alkenyl group, a C2-C8 alkynyl group, or a C3-C8 cycloalkyl group.
  • The present invention will be illustrated in detail below.
  • The monocyclic heterocyclic ring containing one or two nitrogen atoms represented herein by Ar is intended to include pyrrole, imidazole and pyrazole shown below.
  • Figure US20090182144A1-20090716-C00011
  • The term “halogen atom” refers to a fluorine atom, a chlorine atom, a bromine atom or an iodine atom.
  • The term “C1-C6 alkyl group” refers to a linear or branched alkyl group containing 1 to 6 carbon atoms. Examples include a methyl group, an ethyl group, a n-propyl group, an isopropyl group, a n-butyl group, an isobutyl group, a tert-butyl group, a sec-butyl group, a n-pentyl group, an isopentyl group, a neopentyl group, a tert-pentyl group, and a n-hexyl group.
  • The term “C3-C8 cycloalkyl group” refers to a cycloalkyl group containing 3 to 8 carbon atoms. Examples include a cyclopropyl group, a cyclobutyl group, a cyclopentyl group, and a cyclohexyl group.
  • The term “C2-C8 alkenyl group” refers to a linear or branched alkenyl group containing 2 to 8 carbon atoms. Examples include a vinyl group, an allyl group, a 1-propenyl group, an isopropenyl group, a 1-butenyl group, a 2-butenyl group, a 3-butenyl group, a 1,3-butadienyl group, a 2-methylallyl group, a 2-methyl-propenyl group, a 2-pentenyl group, and a 3-methyl-but-2-enyl group.
  • The term “C2-C8 alkynyl group” refers to a linear or branched alkynyl group containing 2 to 8 carbon atoms. Examples include an ethynyl group, a 2-propynyl group, a 2-butynyl group, a 1-methyl-prop-2-ynyl group, a 2-pentynyl group, and a 4-pentynyl group.
  • The term “C1-C6 alkoxy group” refers to a linear or branched alkoxy group containing 1 to 6 carbon atoms. Examples include a methoxy group, an ethoxy group, a propoxy group, an isopropoxy group, a butoxy group, an isobutoxy group, a sec-butoxy group, a tert-butoxy group, a pentyloxy group, and a hexyloxy group.
  • The term “C1-C10 alkyl group” refers to a linear or branched alkyl group containing 1 to 10 carbon atoms. Examples include a methyl group, an ethyl group, a n-propyl group, an isopropyl group, a n-butyl group, an isobutyl group, a tert-butyl group, a sec-butyl group, a n-pentyl group, an isopentyl group, a neopentyl group, a tert-pentyl group, a n-hexyl group, a n-heptyl group, a n-octyl group, and a n-hexadecyl group.
  • The term “C1-C6 alkylthio group” refers to a linear or branched alkylthio group containing 1 to 6 carbon atoms. Examples include a methylthio group, an ethylthio group, a propylthio group, an isopropylthio group, a butylthio group, an isobutylthio group, a pentylthio group, and a hexylthio group.
  • The term “C1-C6 alkylsulfonyl group” refers to a linear or branched alkylsulfonyl group containing 1 to 6 carbon atoms. Examples include a methanesulfonyl group, an ethanesulfonyl group, a propane-2-sulfonyl group, and a hexanesulfonyl group.
  • The term “C2-C10 alkoxycarbonyl group” refers to a linear or branched alkoxycarbonyl group containing 2 to 10 carbon atoms. Examples include C2-C7 alkoxycarbonyl groups such as a methoxycarbonyl group, an ethoxycarbonyl group and a t-butoxycarbonyl group, as well as an octyloxycarbonyl group.
  • The term “C2-C7 alkanoyl group” refers to a linear or branched alkanoyl group containing 2 to 7 carbon atoms. Examples include an acetyl group, a propanoyl group, a butanoyl group, and a hexanoyl group.
  • The term “C1-C6 alkanoyl group” refers to a linear or branched alkanoyl group containing 1 to 6 carbon atoms. Examples include a formyl group, an acetyl group, a propanoyl group, and a butanoyl group.
  • The phrase “amino group which may be substituted with one or two C1-C6 alkyl groups” is intended to include, for example, an amino group, a methylamino group, an ethylamino group, an isopropylamino group, a hexylamino group, a dimethylamino group, a diethylamino group, a diisopropylamino group, and a dihexylamino group.
  • The phrase “aminosulfonyl group which may be substituted with one or two C1-C6 alkyl groups” is intended to include, for example, a sulfamoyl group, a dimethylaminosulfonyl group, and a diethylaminosulfonyl group.
  • The phrase “carbamoyl group which may be substituted with C1-C4 alkyl group(s)” is intended to include a carbamoyl group, a methylcarbamoyl group, an ethylcarbamoyl group, and a propylcarbamoyl group.
  • The phrase “piperazino group which may be substituted” or “optionally substituted piperazino group” refers to a piperazino group which may be substituted (preferably on its nitrogen atom) with a substituent(s) selected from the group consisting of a C1-C6 alkyl group (wherein said alkyl group may be substituted with an amino group which may be substituted with one or two C1-C6 alkyl groups, a morpholino group, a hydroxyl group, or a C1-C6 alkoxy group), a formyl group, a C2-C7 alkanoyl group, a carbamoyl group which may be substituted with one or two C1-C4 alkyl groups, an aminosulfonyl group which may be substituted with one or two C1-C6 alkyl groups, and a C1-C6 alkylsulfonyl group. Specific examples include a piperazino group, a methylpiperazino group, an isopropylpiperazino group, a dimethylaminoethylpiperazino group, and an acetylpiperazino group.
  • The phrase “C2-C7 monocyclic saturated hydrocarbon group containing a nitrogen atom(s) as a ring member(s)” refers to a 3- to 9-membered monocyclic saturated hydrocarbon group which contains one or two nitrogen atoms as its ring members and is substituted via its ring carbon atom. Examples include an azetidinyl group, a pyrrolidinyl group, and a piperidinyl group (e.g., a 4-piperidinyl group).
  • The term “nitrogen-containing monocyclic unsaturated hydrocarbon group” refers to a 5- or 6-membered unsaturated ring containing 1 to 3 nitrogen atoms as its ring members. Examples include a pyrrolyl group (e.g., a pyrrol-1-yl group), an imidazol-1-yl group (e.g., an imidazolyl group), a pyrazolyl group, a triazol-4-yl group (e.g., a [1,2,4]triazol-4-yl group), and a pyridyl group.
  • The 3- to 5-membered saturated hydrocarbon ring formed by RA and RB together with the nitrogen atom to which RA and RB are attached is intended to include an aziridinyl group, an azetidinyl group, and a pyrrolidinyl group.
  • The 3- to 8-membered saturated hydrocarbon ring formed by R7 and R8 (or RC and RD) together with the nitrogen atom to which R7 and R8 (or RC and RD) are attached is intended to include an aziridinyl group, an azetidinyl group, a pyrrolidinyl group, and a piperidinyl group.
  • The phrase “phenyl group condensed with a 5- to 7-membered saturated hydrocarbon ring which may contain one or two oxygen atoms as ring members” is intended to include a benzodioxepinyl group, a benzodioxolyl group, a dihydrobenzodioxinyl group, a dihydrobenzofuranyl group, a tetrahydronaphthyl group, and an indanyl group.
  • The term “aryl group” as used herein refers to an aromatic hydrocarbon group, a partially saturated aromatic hydrocarbon group, an aromatic heterocyclic group, or a partially saturated aromatic heterocyclic ring. The aromatic hydrocarbon group refers to, for example, a C6-C14 aromatic hydrocarbon group, including a phenyl group, a naphthyl group, and an anthryl group.
  • The partially saturated aromatic hydrocarbon group refers to a group obtained by partial saturation of a C6-C14 polycyclic aromatic hydrocarbon group. Examples include a tetrahydronaphthyl group and an indanyl group.
  • The aromatic heterocyclic group refers to a C2-C13 monocyclic or polycyclic aromatic heterocyclic group containing 1 to 6 heteroatoms (e.g., oxygen, sulfur and/or nitrogen atoms). Examples include a thienyl group, a furanyl group, a pyrrolyl group, an isothiazolyl group, an isoxazolyl group, a pyrazolyl group, a thiazolyl group, an oxazolyl group, an imidazolyl group, a pyridyl group, a pyridazinyl group, a pyrimidinyl group, a pyrazinyl group, a benzothienyl group, a benzofuranyl group, an indolyl group, a benzothiazolyl group, a benzoxazolyl group, a benzimidazolyl group, a quinolinyl group, an isoquinolinyl group, a benzoxadiazolyl group, a benzothiadiazolyl group, and a pyrazolopyrimidinyl group (e.g., a 5,7-dimethyl-pyrazolo[1,5-a]pyrimidin-2-yl group).
  • The partially saturated aromatic heterocyclic ring refers to a heterocyclic ring obtained by partial saturation of a polycyclic aromatic heterocyclic group. Such a heterocyclic ring may be substituted with an oxo group. Examples include a dihydroquinolinonyl group:
  • Figure US20090182144A1-20090716-C00012
  • a dihydrobenzofuranyl group, a dihydrobenzodioxinyl group, a dihydrobenzodioxepinyl group, a benzodioxolyl group, a dihydrobenzoxazolyl group, and a dihydrobenzoxazinyl group.
  • In a case where such an aryl group is substituted, substituents for the aryl group include those listed below and the aryl group can be substituted with 1 to 5 of these substituents:
  • a halogen atom, a cyano group, a nitro group, a sulfamoyl group, a hydroxyl group, a carboxyl group, a C1-C6 alkyl group, a trifluoromethyl group, a methoxycarbonylethyl group, a C1-C6 alkoxy group (wherein said alkoxy group may be substituted with a phenyl group, a C1-C6 alkylamino group, a C2-C12 dialkylamino group, or a morpholino group), a trifluoromethoxy group, a difluoromethoxy group, a cyanoethoxy group,
  • a C2-C8 alkenyl group, a C2-C8 alkynyl group,
  • a C3-C8 cycloalkyl group, a C2-C7 alkanoyl group, a trifluoroacetyl group, a C2-C10 alkoxycarbonyl group,
  • a phenyl group (wherein said phenyl group may be substituted with a C2-C7 alkanoyl group or a C1-C6 alkoxy group),
  • a phenoxy group which may be substituted with a C1-C6 alkoxy group,
  • a pyrazolyl group, a 1-methyl-5-trifluoromethyl-1H-pyrazol-3-yl group, a methylpyrimidinyl group, a 2-methylsulfanyl-pyrimidin-4-yl group, an oxazolyl group (e.g., an oxazol-5-yl group),
  • an isoxazol-5-yl group, a 5-trifluoromethyl-isoxazol-3-yl group, a pyridyloxy group (e.g., a 4-pyridyloxy group),
  • a pyridinecarbonyl group, a benzoyl group, a pyrrolyl group (e.g., a pyrrol-1-yl group), an imidazolyl group (e.g., an imidazol-1-yl group), a thiazolyl group,
  • a [1,2,3]thiadiazol-4-yl group, a triazolyl group (e.g., a [1,2,4]triazol-4-yl group), a C1-C6 alkylthio group (e.g., a methylthio group), a C1-C6 alkylsulfonyl group (e.g., a methanesulfonyl group), a benzenesulfonyl group, a pyrrolidinesulfonyl group, a morpholinylsulfonyl group, a 4-piperidinyl group which may be substituted with a C1-C6 alkyl group(s), a morpholino group which may be substituted with a C1-C6 alkyl group(s), a piperazino group which is substituted with a C1-C6 alkyl group(s) or with a C1-C6 alkyl group(s) substituted with a dimethylamino group, or
  • a group represented by the formula —NR7R8
  • [wherein R7 and R8 each represent a hydrogen atom, a C1-C6 alkyl group (wherein said alkyl group may be substituted with a C1-C6 alkoxy group or a dimethylamino group), a C1-C6 alkanoyl group, a carbamoyl group, a carbamoyl group substituted with a C1-C4 alkyl group(s), a morpholinocarbonyl group, a dimethylaminosulfonyl group, or a C1-C6 alkylsulfonyl group, or alternatively, R7 and R8 may optionally form, together with the nitrogen atom to which R7 and R8 are attached, a 3- to 8-membered saturated hydrocarbon ring, wherein said ring may be substituted with a dimethylenedioxy group, an oxo group or a hydroxyl group]
    (e.g., an acetamido group, a dimethylamino group, a methylureido group, a butylureido group, a trimethylureido group, a morpholinylcarbonylamino group), a methoxyethylureido group, and a pyridylethoxycarbonylamino group.
  • The term “pharmaceutically acceptable salt” refers to a salt with an alkali metal, an alkaline earth metal, ammonium or an alkylammonium, or a salt with a mineral acid or an organic acid. Examples include a sodium salt, a potassium salt, a calcium salt, an ammonium salt, an aluminum salt, a triethylammonium salt, an acetate salt, a propionate salt, a butyrate salt, a formate salt, a trifluoroacetate salt, a maleate salt, a tartrate salt, a citrate salt, a stearate salt, a succinate salt, an ethylsuccinate salt, a lactobionate salt, a gluconate salt, a glucoheptate salt, a benzoate salt, a methanesulfonate salt, an ethanesulfonate salt, a 2-hydroxyethanesulfonate salt, a benzenesulfonate salt, a paratoluenesulfonate salt, a lauryl sulfate salt, a malate salt, an aspartate salt, a glutamate salt, an adipate salt, a salt with cysteine, a salt with N-acetylcysteine, a hydrochloride salt, a hydrobromide salt, a phosphate salt, a sulfate salt, a hydroiodide salt, a nicotinate salt, an oxalate salt, a picrate salt, a thiocyanate salt, an undecanoate salt, a salt with an acrylate polymer, and a salt with a carboxyvinyl polymer.
  • The compounds of the present invention may have stereoisomers including optical isomers, diastereoisomers and geometrical isomers. All of these stereoisomers and mixtures thereof also fall within the scope of the present invention. Some of the compounds and intermediates of the present invention may also exist, e.g., as keto-enol tautomers.
  • As shown in the test example described later, the compounds of the present invention exert a strong inhibitory effect on the binding between S1P and its receptor Edg-1(S1P1), and are therefore expected to produce a prophylactic or therapeutic effect on autoimmune diseases such as Crohn's disease, irritable colitis, Sjogren's syndrome, multiple sclerosis and systemic lupus erythematosus, as well as other diseases such as rheumatoid arthritis, asthma, atopic dermatitis, rejection after organ transplantation, cancer, retinopathy, psoriasis, osteoarthritis, age-related macular degeneration, etc.
  • Preferred embodiments of the compound of the present invention will be given below.
  • A preferred example of Ar is a 5-membered unsaturated ring containing one or two nitrogen atoms. More preferred is an imidazole group represented by the following formula:
  • Figure US20090182144A1-20090716-C00013
  • and even more preferred is
  • Figure US20090182144A1-20090716-C00014
  • These rings may be substituted with a substituent selected from the group consisting of a C1-C6 alkyl group, a phenyl group and a halogen atom. More preferably, Ar is unsubstituted.
  • A preferred example of A is an oxygen atom.
  • A preferred example of R1 is a C1-C6 alkyl group which may be substituted with a halogen atom(s), or a benzyl group which may be substituted with a substituent(s) selected from the group consisting of a halogen atom and a C1-C6 alkyl group. More preferred is a methyl group, an ethyl group, or a benzyl group which may be substituted with a halogen atom(s) (more preferably with a fluorine atom(s)), and even more preferred is a methyl group.
  • A preferred example of R2 is an ethyl group or a cyclopropyl group.
  • A preferred example of R4 is a hydrogen atom.
  • A preferred embodiment of R3 is a C1-C6 alkyl group substituted with a substituent(s) selected from the following group (wherein said group consists of an amino group which may be substituted with one or two C1-C6 alkyl groups, and a C1-C6 alkoxy group), a C3-C3 cycloalkyl group, or an optionally substituted phenyl group, a 2-naphthyl group which may be substituted with a substituent(s) selected from the group consisting of a halogen atom and a C1-C6 alkyl group, a 3-pyrazolyl group which may be substituted with a substituent(s) selected from the following group [wherein said group consists of a C1-C6 alkyl group (preferably a methyl group), a trifluoromethyl group and a halogen atom], or a 5-benzothiazolyl, 5-benzothiadiazolyl, 7-dihydroquinolinonyl, 7-isoquinolinyl, 7-quinolinyl, 3-pyridyl or indolyl (preferably 6-indolyl) group which may be substituted with a C1-C6 alkyl group(s) (preferably a methyl group).
  • The “optionally substituted phenyl group” among preferred embodiments of R3 is intended to include an unsubstituted phenyl group and a substituted phenyl group shown in (A) to (C) below:
  • (A) a phenyl group whose 4-position is substituted with a substituent selected from the group consisting of a C1-C6 alkyl group, a C3-C8 cycloalkyl group, a C1-C6 alkoxy group (wherein said alkoxy group may be substituted with a substituent(s) selected from the group consisting of an amino group substituted with two C1-C4 alkyl groups, a morpholino group and a phenyl group), a halogen atom, a trifluoromethoxy group, a phenoxy group, a phenyl group, a 1-pyrrolyl group, and —NRARB (wherein RA and RB are each a C1-C6 alkyl group, or RA and RB optionally form, together with the nitrogen atom to which RA and RB are attached, a 3- to 5-membered saturated hydrocarbon ring), and further whose 3-position may be substituted with a substituent selected from the group consisting of a C1-C6 alkyl group, a halogen atom and a C1-C6 alkoxy group,
    (B) a phenyl group whose 3-position is substituted with a substituent selected from the group consisting of a hydroxyl group, a C1-C6 alkyl group and a C1-C6 alkoxy group (wherein said alkoxy group may be substituted with a substituent(s) selected from the group consisting of an amino group substituted with two C1-C4 alkyl groups, a morpholino group and a phenyl group), and further which may be substituted with one or two C1-C6 alkyl groups or whose 4-position may be substituted with a halogen atom, and
    (C) a phenyl group whose 3-position is substituted with a substituent selected from the group consisting of nitrogen-containing groups shown in (i) to (v) below, and further whose 4-position may optionally be substituted with a halogen atom, wherein the nitrogen in said nitrogen-containing group is preferably tertiary and is preferably used for attachment to the phenyl group:
  • (i) a C2-C7 monocyclic saturated hydrocarbon group containing a nitrogen atom(s) as a ring member(s), which is substituted on the phenyl group via a carbon atom (wherein said saturated hydrocarbon group may be substituted with a C1-C6 alkyl group(s)) (e.g., a piperidinyl group which may be substituted with a C1-C6 alkyl group(s), as exemplified by a 4-piperidinyl group),
  • (ii) a nitrogen-containing monocyclic unsaturated hydrocarbon group (e.g., a pyrrolyl group, an imidazolyl group),
  • (iii) a morpholinyl group which may be substituted with a C1-C6 alkyl group(s) (e.g., a morpholino group),
  • (iv) an optionally substituted piperazino group [e.g., a piperazino group which may be substituted (preferably on its ring member nitrogen atom) with a substituent(s) selected from the following group [wherein said group consists of a C1-C6 alkyl group (wherein said alkyl group may be substituted with a substituent(s) selected from the group consisting of an amino group substituted with two C1-C4 alkyl groups and a morpholino group), and a C2-C7 alkanoyl group]], and
  • (v) the formula —NR7R8
  • wherein R7 and R8 each represent a hydrogen atom, a C1-C6 alkyl group (wherein said alkyl group may be substituted with an amino group which may be substituted with one or two C1-C6 alkyl groups, a morpholino group, a hydroxyl group, or a C1-C6 alkoxy group), a C1-C6 alkanoyl group, a carbamoyl group which may be substituted with one or two C1-C4 alkyl groups, a morpholinocarbonyl group, an aminosulfonyl group which may be substituted with one or two C1-C6 alkyl groups, or a C1-C6 alkylsulfonyl group, or alternatively, R7 and R8 optionally form, together with the nitrogen atom to which R7 and R8 are attached, a 3- to 8-membered saturated hydrocarbon ring, wherein said ring may be substituted with a substituent(s) selected from the group consisting of a dimethylenedioxy group, an oxo group and a hydroxyl group].
  • The formula —NR7R8 in (v) is more preferably —NRCRD as defined below:
  • RC and RD each represent a hydrogen atom, a C1-C6 alkyl group (wherein said alkyl group may be substituted with an amino group which may be substituted with one or two C1-C4 alkyl groups, a hydroxyl group, or a C1-C4 alkoxy group), a formyl group, an acetyl group, an aminocarbonyl group, a dimethylaminosulfonyl group or a methylsulfonyl group, or alternatively, RC and RD optionally form, together with the nitrogen atom to which RC and RD are attached, a 3- to 8-membered saturated hydrocarbon ring, wherein said ring may be substituted with a substituent(s) selected from the group consisting of a dimethylenedioxy group, an oxo group and a hydroxyl group.
  • A particularly preferred embodiment of R3 is a phenyl group whose 4-position is substituted with a fluorine atom or a chlorine atom, a 6-indolyl group, or a phenyl group which is substituted with a substituent selected from the group consisting of the nitrogen-containing groups shown in embodiments (i), (iv) and (v) in (C) above, and further whose 4-position may be substituted with a halogen atom.
  • A preferred embodiment of R5 is a C1-C10 (preferably C1-C6) alkyl group substituted with a C3-C8 cycloalkyl group, a C1-C10 (preferably C1-C6) alkyl group substituted with a naphthyl group, a C2-C8 (preferably C2-C6) alkenyl group substituted with a phenyl group, a phenyl or naphthyl group (preferably a 2-naphthyl group) which may be substituted with 1 to 5 substituents selected from the following group (wherein said group consists of a C1-C6 alkyl group, a halogen atom, a C1-C6 alkoxy group, a trifluoromethoxy group, a difluoromethoxy group, a trifluoromethyl group, a C1-C6 alkenyl group, a C1-C6 alkylsulfonyl group, a C2-C7 alkanoyl group, a C2-C7 alkoxycarbonyl group and a cyano group), a pyrrolyl group which may be substituted with a substituent(s) selected from the following group [wherein said group consists of a C1-C6 alkyl group (preferably a methyl group) and a methoxycarbonyl group], a furanyl group which may be substituted with a substituent(s) selected from the following group [wherein said group consists of a C1-C6 alkyl group (preferably a methyl group), a trifluoromethyl group and a halogen atom], a thienyl group which may be substituted with a substituent(s) selected from the following group [wherein said group consists of a C1-C6 alkyl group (preferably a methyl group), a trifluoromethyl group, a thiadiazolyl group, an oxazolyl group and a halogen atom], or alternatively, a benzothienyl group (preferably a 2-benzothienyl group), a phenyl group condensed with a 5- to 7-membered saturated hydrocarbon ring which may contain one or two oxygen atoms as ring members (e.g., a benzodioxepinyl group, a benzodioxolyl group, a dihydrobenzodioxinyl group, a dihydrobenzofuranyl group, a tetrahydronaphthyl group, an indanyl group), a thiadiazolyl group, a benzoxadiazolyl group or a benzothiadiazolyl group (preferably a 5-benzothiadiazolyl group), each of which may be substituted with a substituent(s) selected from the group consisting of a C1-C6 alkyl group (preferably a methyl group) and a halogen atom.
  • The “phenyl group which may be substituted” among preferred embodiments of R5 is intended to include an unsubstituted phenyl group, a phenyl group which is substituted with 1 to 5 substituents selected from the group consisting of a C1-C6 alkyl group (preferably a methyl group), a C1-C6 alkoxy group (preferably a methoxy group) and a halogen atom, and a phenyl group which is substituted with 1 to 3 substituents selected from the following group and at least one of whose 3- and 4-positions is substituted, wherein said group consists of a C1-C6 alkyl group, a halogen atom, a C1-C6 alkoxy group (preferably a methoxy group), a trifluoromethoxy group, a difluoromethoxy group, a trifluoromethyl group, a C1-C6 alkenyl group, a C1-C6 alkylsulfonyl group (preferably a methylsulfonyl group), a methoxycarbonyl group, an acetyl group and a cyano group, more preferably a halogen atom, a methyl group and a methoxy group, and even more preferably a halogen atom.
  • The “naphthyl group which may be substituted” among preferred embodiments of R5 is intended to include a naphthyl group which may be substituted with a substituent(s) (preferably with 1 to 3 substituents) selected from the group consisting of a halogen atom, a C1-C6 alkyl group (preferably a methyl group), a cyano group and a C1-C6 alkylsulfonyl group (preferably a methylsulfonyl group). More preferred is a naphthyl group which may be substituted with a substituent(s) selected from the group consisting of a halogen atom, a C1-C6 alkyl group (preferably a methyl group) and a cyano group. In the case of a 2-naphthyl group, examples include an unsubstituted 2-naphthyl group, and a 2-naphthyl group which is substituted with a substituent(s) selected from the group consisting of a C1-C6 alkyl group (substituted at any position, more preferably at the 5-, 7- and/or 8-position(s)) and other substituents (substituted at the 5-, 7- and/or 8-position(s)). Likewise, in the case of a 1-naphthyl group, examples include an unsubstituted 1-naphthyl group, and a 1-naphthyl group which is substituted with a substituent(s) selected from the group consisting of a C1-C6 alkyl group (substituted at any position) and other substituents, preferably a halogen atom (substituted preferably at the 4-position).
  • A particularly preferred embodiment of R5 is a phenyl group whose 3- and 4-positions are each substituted with a halogen atom, an unsubstituted 2-naphthyl group, or a 2-naphthyl group whose 5-, 7- and/or 8-position(s) is/are substituted with a substituent(s) selected from the group consisting of a halogen atom, a C1-C6 alkyl group (preferably a methyl group) and a cyano group.
  • Particularly preferred combinations of R3 and R5 are as follows.
  • In a case where R3 is a phenyl group whose 4-position is substituted with a fluorine atom or a chlorine atom, R5 is a C1-C10 (preferably C1-C6) alkyl group substituted with a naphthyl group, a C2-C8 (preferably C2-C6) alkenyl group substituted with a phenyl group, a substituted phenyl group [e.g., a phenyl group which is substituted with 1 to 5 methyl groups, a phenyl group which is substituted with 1 to 3 substituents selected from the following group and at least one of whose 3- and 4-positions is substituted, wherein said group consists of a C1-C6 alkyl group (preferably a methyl group, an ethyl group, a propyl group), a halogen atom, a methoxy group, a trifluoromethoxy group, a difluoromethoxy group, a trifluoromethyl group, a C1-C6 alkenyl group (preferably a vinyl group), a methoxycarbonyl group, an acetyl group and a cyano group], a benzothienyl group, a naphthyl group which may be substituted with a substituent(s) selected from the following group [wherein said group consists of a halogen atom, a C1-C6 alkyl group (preferably a methyl group), a cyano group and a C1-C6 alkylsulfonyl group (preferably a methylsulfonyl group)], a pyrrolyl group which may be substituted with a substituent(s) selected from the group consisting of a methyl group and a methoxycarbonyl group, a thienyl group substituted with a C1-C6 alkyl group(s) (preferably a methyl group), or a benzodioxolyl group, a dihydrobenzodioxinyl group, a dihydrobenzofuranyl group, a tetrahydronaphthyl group, an indanyl group or a benzothiadiazolyl group (preferably a 5-benzothiadiazolyl group).
  • In a case where R3 is a 6-indolyl group:
  • R5 is a C1-C10 (preferably C1-C6) alkyl group substituted with a naphthyl group, a C2-C8 (preferably C2-C6) alkenyl group substituted with a phenyl group, an optionally substituted phenyl group [e.g., an unsubstituted phenyl group, a phenyl group which is substituted with 1 to 5 methyl groups, a phenyl group which is substituted with 1 to 3 substituents selected from the following group and at least one of whose 3- and 4-positions is substituted, wherein said group consists of a C1-C6 alkyl group (preferably a methyl group, an ethyl group, a propyl group), a halogen atom, a methoxy group, a trifluoromethoxy group, a difluoromethoxy group, a trifluoromethyl group, a C1-C6 alkenyl group (preferably a vinyl group), a methoxycarbonyl group, an acetyl group and a cyano group], a benzothienyl group, a naphthyl group which may be substituted with a substituent(s) selected from the following group [wherein said group consists of a halogen atom, a C1-C6 alkyl group (preferably a methyl group), a cyano group and a C1-C6 alkylsulfonyl group (preferably a methylsulfonyl group)], a pyrrolyl group which may be substituted with a substituent(s) selected from the group consisting of a C1-C6 alkyl group (preferably a methyl group) and a methoxycarbonyl group, or a benzodioxolyl, dihydrobenzodioxinyl, dihydrobenzofuranyl, tetrahydronaphthyl, indanyl or benzothiadiazolyl (preferably 5-benzothiadiazolyl) group which may be substituted with a substituent(s) selected from the group consisting of a C1-C6 alkyl group (preferably a methyl group) and a halogen atom.
  • In a case where R3 is the embodiment shown in (C) above:
  • R5 is a C1-C6 alkyl group substituted with a C3-C8 cycloalkyl group, a C1-C10 (preferably C1-C6) alkyl group substituted with a naphthyl group, a C2-C8 (preferably C2-C6) alkenyl group substituted with a phenyl group, an optionally substituted phenyl group [e.g., an unsubstituted phenyl group, a phenyl group which is substituted with 1 to 5 substituents selected from a C1-C6 alkyl group (preferably a methyl group) and a halogen atom, a phenyl group which is substituted with 1 to 3 substituents selected from the following group and at least one of whose 3- and 4-positions is substituted, wherein said group consists of a C1-C6 alkyl group, a halogen atom, a methoxy group, a trifluoromethoxy group, a difluoromethoxy group, a trifluoromethyl group, a C1-C6 alkenyl group, a C1-C6 alkylsulfonyl group (preferably a methylsulfonyl group), a methoxycarbonyl group, an acetyl group and a cyano group], a naphthyl group which may be substituted with a substituent(s) selected from the following group [wherein said group consists of a halogen atom, a C1-C6 alkyl group (preferably a methyl group), a cyano group and a C1-C6 alkylsulfonyl group (preferably a methylsulfonyl group)], a pyrrolyl group which may be substituted with a substituent(s) selected from the group consisting of a C1-C6 alkyl group (preferably a methyl group) and a methoxycarbonyl group, a thienyl group which may be substituted with a substituent(s) selected from the following group [wherein said group consists of a C1-C6 alkyl group (preferably a methyl group), a trifluoromethyl group, a thiadiazolyl group, an oxazolyl group and a halogen atom], a furanyl group which may be substituted with a substituent(s) selected from the following group [wherein said group consists of a C1-C6 alkyl group (preferably a methyl group), a trifluoromethyl group and a halogen atom], or a benzothienyl, benzodioxolyl, dihydrobenzodioxinyl, dihydrobenzofuranyl, tetrahydronaphthyl, indanyl, thiadiazolyl (preferably 5-thiadiazolyl), benzoxadiazolyl or benzothiadiazolyl (preferably 5-benzothiadiazolyl) group which may be substituted with a substituent(s) selected from the group consisting of a C1-C6 alkyl group (preferably a methyl group) and a halogen atom.
  • Preferred optically active forms of the compounds of the present invention are those having the following structure.
  • Figure US20090182144A1-20090716-C00015
  • The compounds of the present invention can be synthesized by the procedures shown below, by way of example.
  • Figure US20090182144A1-20090716-C00016
  • Figure US20090182144A1-20090716-C00017
  • In the above steps, R1, R2, R3, R5 and A are as defined above, R41 is the same as R4 except for a hydrogen atom, RE represents a C1-C6 alkyl group or a phenyl group, Met represents a typical metal such as Li, Na, MgCl or MgBr, Met′ represents a typical metal (e.g., Li, Na, B, Mg, Al, Zn, Sn) or a group represented by a complex between such a typical metal and its ligand (wherein the ligand may be a hydroxyl group, a halogen atom, a methoxy group, or a bidentate ligand represented by the formula —O(CH2)3O—), L represents a leaving group (wherein the leaving group may be, for example, a halogen atom such as a chlorine atom, a bromine atom or an iodine atom, an acetyloxy group, a methanesulfonyloxy group, or a p-toluenesulfonyloxy group), and X represents a halogen atom such as a chlorine atom, a bromine atom or an iodine atom.
  • Figure US20090182144A1-20090716-C00018
  • In the above steps, R1, R2, R3, R5 and A are as defined above, R41 is the same as R4 except for a hydrogen atom, RE represents a C1-C6 alkyl group or a phenyl group, Met represents a typical metal such as Li, Na, MgCl or MgBr, Met′ represents a typical metal (e.g., Li, Na, B, Mg, Al, Zn, Sn) or a group represented by a complex between such a typical metal and its ligand (wherein the ligand may be a hydroxyl group, a halogen atom, a methoxy group, or a bidentate ligand represented by the formula —O(CH2)3O—), L represents a leaving group (wherein the leaving group may be, for example, a halogen atom such as a chlorine atom, a bromine atom or an iodine atom, an acetyloxy group, a methanesulfonyloxy group, or a p-toluenesulfonyloxy group), and X represents a halogen atom such as a chlorine atom, a bromine atom or an iodine atom.
  • Figure US20090182144A1-20090716-C00019
    Figure US20090182144A1-20090716-C00020
  • In the above steps, R1, R3, R5 and A are as defined above, R41 is the same as R4 except for a hydrogen atom, R2A represents —CH2—R21 (wherein R21 is a C1-C5 alkyl group), RBB represents a C1-C6 alkyl group or a phenyl group, Met represents a typical metal such as Li, Na, MgCl or MgBr, L represents a leaving group (wherein the leaving group may be, for example, a halogen atom such as a chlorine atom, a bromine atom or an iodine atom, an acetyloxy group, a methanesulfonyloxy group, or a p-toluenesulfonyloxy group), and X represents a halogen atom such as a chlorine atom, a bromine atom or an iodine atom.
  • Details of each scheme will be given below.
  • Scheme 1, Procedure A
  • Step 1A-1: A compound represented by formula (1a) may be reacted with imidazole in the presence of a base with or without a solvent to obtain a compound represented by formula (1b). The amount of the compound represented by formula (1a) to be used is generally 1 to 10 equivalents, preferably 1.0 to 3.0 equivalents of imidazole. Examples of a base available for use include alkali metal hydroxides (e.g., NaOH, KOH), alkali metal salts (e.g., NaHCO3, K2CO3), alkali metal amides (e.g., LiNH2, NaNH2), and sodium hydride. The amount of the base to be used is generally 1 to 10 equivalents, preferably 1.0 to 3.0 equivalents of imidazole. The reaction temperature ranges from −78° C. to the solvent reflux temperature. When a solvent is required, any solvent may be used as long as it is inert to the reaction, including water, ethers (e.g., dioxane, tetrahydrofuran (THF)), polar aprotic solvents (e.g., dimethylformamide (DMF), N,N′-dimethylacetamide (DMA), N-methylpyrrolidinone (NMP), N,N′-dimethylpropyleneurea (DMPU), hexamethylphosphoramide (HMPA), dimethyl sulfoxide (DMSO)), ammonia, or mixtures thereof. Although the reaction time will vary depending on the reaction temperature and/or starting compound, it is generally 30 minutes to 24 hours.
  • Step 1A-2: The compound represented by formula (1b) may be reacted with a halogenating agent to obtain a compound represented by formula (1c). Examples of a halogenating agent include Cl2, Br2, I2, N-chlorosuccinimide (NCS), N-bromosuccinimide (NBS), N-iodosuccinimide (NIS), 2,4,4,6-tetrabromocyclohexadienone, hexachloroethane, PCl5, and SOCl2. The amount of the halogenating agent to be used is generally 1 to 10 equivalents, preferably 1.0 to 1.5 equivalents of the compound represented by formula (1b). When a solvent is required, any solvent may be used as long as it is inert to the reaction, including water, ethers (e.g., dioxane, THF, Et2O), polar aprotic solvents (e.g., DMF, DMA, NMP, DMPU, HMPA), alcohols (e.g., MeOH, EtOH), halogenated solvents (e.g., CCl4, CHCl3, CH2Cl2), CH3CN, acetic acid, or mixtures thereof. If necessary, a base is added. Examples of a base include alkali metal hydroxides (e.g., NaOH, KOH), alkali metal salts (e.g., NaHCO3, K2CO3, AcONa), amines (e.g., Et3N, iPr2NEt, iPr2NH), n-BuLi, lithium diusopropylamide (LDA), and NaH. The amount of the base is generally 1 to 10 equivalents, preferably 1.0 to 1.2 equivalents of the compound represented by formula (1b). The reaction temperature ranges from −78° C. to the solvent reflux temperature, preferably −78° C. to room temperature. Although the reaction time will vary depending on the reaction temperature and/or starting compound, it is generally 30 minutes to 24 hours.
  • Step 1A-3: The compound represented by formula (1c) may be reacted with a compound represented by formula (1d) in the presence of a base with or without a solvent to obtain a compound represented by formula (1e). The amount of compound (1d) to be used is generally 1 to 5 equivalents, preferably 1 to 3 equivalents of the compound represented by formula (1c). Examples of a base include alkali metal salts (e.g., Na2CO3, K2CO3, CS2CO3. NaHCO3, KHCO3, NaOH, dimsyl sodium, NaH, NaNH2, t-BuOK, t-BuONa), amines (e.g., Et3N, iPr2NEt, iPr2NH, pyrrolidine, piperidine), AcONa, and AcOK. The amount of the base to be used is generally 1 to 10 equivalents, preferably 1 to 3 equivalents of the compound represented by formula (1c). The reaction temperature ranges from 0° C. to 300° C., and the reaction may be accomplished, e.g., under normal pressure, under elevated pressure or under microwave irradiation. Examples of a reaction solvent available for use include ethers (e.g., dioxane, THF, Et2O), DMF, DMA, NMP, DMPU, HMPA, DMSO, or mixtures thereof. If necessary, an additive is added. Examples of an additive include metal salts (e.g., CuI, CuCl), or copper powder. Although the reaction time will vary depending on the reaction temperature and/or starting compound, it is generally 1 to 12 hours.
  • Step 1A-4: The compound represented by formula (1e) may be reacted with a base in a solvent and then reacted with a compound represented by formula (1f) to obtain a compound represented by formula (1g). The amount of compound (1f) to be used is generally 1 to 5 equivalents, preferably 1 to 2 equivalents of the compound represented by formula (1e). Examples of a base include n-BuLi and LDA. The amount of the base to be used is generally 1 to 5 equivalents, preferably 1 to 1.2 equivalents of the compound represented by formula (1e). The reaction temperature ranges from −78° C. to the solvent reflux temperature, preferably −78° C. to room temperature. Examples of a reaction solvent available for use include ethers (e.g., dioxane, THF, Et2O), DMF, DMA, DMPU, HMPA, DMSO, or mixtures thereof. Although the reaction time will vary depending on the reaction temperature and/or starting compound, it is generally 30 minutes to 12 hours.
  • Step 1A-5: The compound represented by formula (1g) may be reacted with a reducing agent in a solvent to obtain a compound represented by formula (1h). Examples of a reducing agent include NaBH4, KBH4, LiB(sec-Bu)3H, (1-Bu)2AlH, and LiAlH4. The amount of the reducing agent is 0.5 to 5 equivalents, preferably 0.5 to 1.2 equivalents of the compound represented by formula (1g). Examples of a solvent include ethers (e.g., dioxane, THF, Et2O), and alcohols (e.g., MeOH, EtOH). The reaction temperature ranges from −78° C. to the solvent reflux temperature, preferably 0° C. to room temperature. Although the reaction time will vary depending on the reaction temperature and/or starting compound, it is generally 30 minutes to 2 hours.
  • Step 1A-6: The compound represented by formula (1h) may be reacted with methanesulfonyl chloride, p-toluenesulfonyl chloride, anhydrous triflate or the like in a solvent and, if necessary, in the presence of a base such as pyridine or triethylamine, followed by reaction with an azidating agent (e.g., NaN3, LiN3, Zn(N3)2), or alternatively, may be directly treated with diethyl azodicarboxylate (DEAD)/PPh3/HN3, diphenylphosphorylazide (DPPA)/1,8-diazabicyclo[5.4.0]undec-7-ene (DBU), Zn(N3)2/2 pyridine or the like to obtain a compound represented by formula (1i). Examples of a solvent include ethers (e.g., dioxane, THF), halogenated solvents (e.g., CH3CN, CCl4, CHCl3, CH2Cl2), benzene, and toluene.
  • Step 1A-7: The compound represented by formula (1i) may be reacted with a reducing agent in a solvent and, if necessary, in the presence of a catalyst (e.g., Pd/C, Pd(OH)2/C, PtO2) to obtain a compound represented by formula (1j). Examples of a reducing agent include hydrogen, ammonium formate, hydrazine, PPh3, and Mg. Examples of a solvent available for use include ethers (e.g., dioxane, THF, Et2O), alcohols (e.g., MeOH, EtOH), water, AcOEt, or mixtures thereof.
  • Step 1A-8: The compound represented by formula (1j) may be reacted with a compound represented by formula (1k) in the presence of a base with or without a solvent, followed by salt formation as needed to obtain a compound represented by formula (1l) or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof. The amount of the compound represented by formula (1k) to be used is generally 1 to 5 equivalents, preferably 1 to 1.2 equivalents of the compound represented by formula (1j). Examples of a base available for use include alkali metal hydroxides (e.g., NaOH, KOH), alkali metal salts (e.g., NaHCO3, K2CO3), and amines (e.g., Et3N, iPr2NEt, iPr2NH). The amount of the base is generally 1 to 10 equivalents, preferably 1.0 to 3.0 equivalents of the compound represented by formula (1j). The reaction temperature ranges from 0° C. to the solvent reflux temperature, preferably 0° C. to room temperature. When a solvent is required, any solvent may be used as long as it is inert to the reaction, including halogenated hydrocarbons (e.g., CHCl3, CH2Cl2), ethers (e.g., dioxane, THF, Et2O), or mixtures thereof. Although the reaction time will vary depending on the reaction temperature and/or starting compound, it is generally 30 minutes to 24 hours.
  • Step 1A-9: The compound represented by formula (1l) may be reacted with a compound represented by formula (1m) in the presence of a base with or without a solvent, followed by salt formation as needed to obtain a compound represented by formula (1n) or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof. The amount of the compound represented by formula (1m) to be used is 1 to 10 equivalents, preferably 1.1 to 1.5 equivalents of the compound represented by formula (1l). Examples of a base available for use include alkali metal hydroxides (e.g., NaOH, KOH), alkali metal salts (e.g., NaHCO3, K2CO3), and amines (e.g., Et3N, iPr2NEt, iPr2NH). The amount of the base is generally 1 to 10 equivalents, preferably 1.0 to 3.0 equivalents of the compound represented by formula (1l). The reaction temperature ranges from 0° C. to the solvent reflux temperature, preferably 0° C. to room temperature. When a solvent is required, any solvent may be used as long as it is inert to the reaction, including water, ethers (e.g., dioxane, THF, Et2O), DMF, DMA, NMP, DMPU, HMPA, DMSO, or mixtures thereof. Although the reaction time will vary depending on the reaction temperature and/or starting compound, it is generally 30 minutes to 24 hours.
  • Further, starting from a compound represented by formula (1ga) which is obtained through halogenation of the compound represented by formula (1g), the procedures shown in Steps 1A-5 to 1A-9 of Scheme 1 may be repeated to obtain a halogen-substituted compound represented by formula (1nb).
  • Furthermore, the compound represented by formula (1ga) may be reacted with a compound represented by formula (1gb) to obtain a compound represented by formula (1gc). Starting from the resulting compound represented by formula (1gc), the procedures shown in Steps 1A-5 to 1A-9 of Scheme 1 may be repeated to obtain a compound represented by formula (1na) having substituent RE.
  • Step 1A-5A: The compound represented by formula (1g) may be reacted with a halogenating agent to obtain the compound represented by formula (1ga). Examples of a halogenating agent include Cl2, Br2, I2, NCS, NBS, NIS, 2,4,4,6-tetrabromocyclohexadienone, PCl5, and SOCl2. The amount of the halogenating agent to be used is generally 2 to 10 equivalents, preferably 1.0 to 2.5 equivalents of the compound represented by formula (1g). When a solvent is required, any solvent may be used as long as it is inert to the reaction, including water, ethers (e.g., dioxane, THF), polar aprotic solvents (e.g., DMF, DMA, NMP, DMPU, HMPA, DMSO), alcohols (e.g., MeOH, EtOH), halogenated solvents (e.g., CCl4, CHCl3, CH2Cl2), CH3CN, acetic acid, or mixtures thereof. If necessary, a base is added. Examples of a base include alkali metal hydroxides (e.g., NaOH, KOH), alkali metal salts (e.g., NaHCO3, K2CO3, AcONa), and amines (e.g., Et3N, iPr2NEt). The amount of the base to be used is generally 1 to 10 equivalents, preferably 1.0 to 1.2 equivalents of the compound represented by formula (1g). The reaction temperature ranges from −78° C. to the solvent reflux temperature, preferably −78° C. to room temperature. Although the reaction time will vary depending on the reaction temperature and/or starting compound, it is generally 30 minutes to 24 hours.
  • Step 1A-5B: The compound represented by formula (1ga) may be reacted with the compound represented by formula (1gb) in the presence of a transition metal and, if necessary, in the presence of a base to obtain the compound represented by formula (1gc). In the compound represented by formula (1gb), Met′ represents a typical metal (e.g., Li, Na, B, Mg, Al, Zn, Sn) or a group represented by a complex between such a typical metal and its ligand (wherein the ligand may be a hydroxyl group, a halogen atom, a methoxy group, or a bidentate ligand represented by the formula —O(CH2)3O—). The amount of the compound represented by formula (1gb) to be used is 1 to 10 equivalents, preferably 1.0 to 1.5 equivalents of the compound represented by formula (1ga). Examples of a transition metal include tetrakis(triphenylphosphine)palladium(0), palladium acetate (II), palladium chloride (II), tris(dibenzylideneacetone)dipalladium(0)chloroform adduct, and bis(acetylacetonato)nickel(0). The amount of such a transition metal to be used is generally 0.01 to 0.5 equivalents of the compound represented by formula (1ga).
  • Also, it is desirable to add a phosphine, excluding the case where a phosphine is already coordinated. Examples of a phosphine include triethylphosphine, tributylphosphine, triphenylphosphine, bis(diphenylphosphino)ethane, bis(diphenylphosphino)propane, bis(diphenylphosphino)butane, and bis(diphenylphosphino)ferrocene. The amount of such a phosphine to be used is 1 to 2 equivalents of the transition metal. Examples of a base include alkali metal hydroxides (e.g., NaOH, KOH), and alkali metal salts (e.g., NaHCO3, Na2CO3, K2CO3, K3PO4, Cs2CO3). The amount of the base to be used is generally 1 to 10 equivalents, preferably 1.5 to 3.0 equivalents of the compound represented by formula (1ga). The reaction temperature ranges from 0° C. to the solvent reflux temperature, preferably room temperature to the solvent reflux temperature. Examples of a solvent available for use include water, ethers (e.g., dioxane, THF, Et2O), DMF, DMA, NMP, DMPU, HMPA, DMSO, or mixtures thereof. Although the reaction time will vary depending on the reaction temperature and/or starting compound, it is generally 30 minutes to 24 hours.
  • Alternatively, as shown in Scheme 1, Procedures B and C, the compound represented by formula (1n) may also be synthesized by changing the order of reactions in the steps of Scheme 1, Procedure A.
  • Scheme 1, Procedure B
  • Step 1B-1: The compound represented by formula (1c) which was obtained in Step 1A-2 of Scheme 1 may be reacted with a base and then with DMF for formylation to obtain a compound represented by formula (1o). The amount of DMF to be used is generally 1 to 5 equivalents, preferably 1 to 2 equivalents of the compound represented by formula (1c). Examples of a base include n-BuLi and LDA. The amount of the base to be used is generally 1 to 5 equivalents, preferably 1 to 1.2 equivalents of the compound represented by formula (1c). The reaction temperature ranges from −78° C. to the solvent reflux temperature, preferably −78° C. to room temperature. Examples of a reaction solvent available for use include ethers (e.g., dioxane, THF, Et2O), DMF, DMA, DMPU, HMPA, DMSO, or mixtures thereof. Although the reaction time will vary depending on the reaction temperature and/or starting compound, it is generally 30 minutes to 12 hours.
  • Step 1B-2: The compound represented by formula (1o) may be reacted with the compound represented by formula (1d) in the same manner as shown in Step 1A-3 of Scheme 1 to obtain a compound represented by formula (1p).
  • Step 1B-3: The compound represented by formula (1p) may be reacted with a compound represented by formula (1q) to obtain the compound represented by formula (1h). The amount of the compound represented by formula (1q) to be used is 1 to 10 equivalents, preferably 1.1 to 1.5 equivalents of the compound represented by formula (1p). Examples of a solvent available for use include ethers (e.g., dioxane, THF, Et2O) or mixtures thereof. The reaction temperature ranges from −78° C. to room temperature, preferably −30° C. to 0° C. Although the reaction time will vary depending on the reaction temperature and/or starting compound, it is generally 30 minutes to 24 hours.
  • Starting from the resulting compound represented by formula (1h), the procedures shown in Steps 1A-6 to 1A-9 of Scheme 1 may be repeated to obtain the compound represented by formula (1n).
  • Further, starting from a compound represented by formula (1pa) which is obtained through halogenation of the compound represented by formula (1p), the procedures shown in Steps 1B-3 and 1A-6 to 1A-9 of Scheme 1 may be repeated to obtain the halogen-substituted compound represented by formula (1nb).
  • Furthermore, the compound represented by formula (1pa) may be reacted with the compound represented by formula (1gb) to obtain a compound represented by formula (1pb). Starting from the resulting compound represented by formula (1pb), the procedures shown in Steps 1B-3 and 1A-6 to 1A-9 of Scheme 1 may be repeated to obtain the compound represented by formula (1na) having substituent RE.
  • Step 1B-3A: Starting from the compound represented by (1p), the same procedure as shown in Step 1A-5A of Scheme 1 may be repeated to obtain the compound represented by formula (1pa).
  • Step 1B-3B: Starting from the compound represented by formula (1pa) and the compound represented by formula (1gb), the same procedure as shown in Step 1A-5B of Scheme 1 may be repeated to obtain the compound represented by formula (1pb).
  • Scheme 1, Procedure C
  • Step 1C-1: Starting from the compound represented by formula (1o) obtained from Step 1B-1 of Scheme 1 and the compound represented by formula (1q), the same procedure as shown in Step 1B-3 of Scheme 1 may be repeated to obtain a compound represented by formula (1r).
  • Step 1C-2: Starting from the compound represented by formula (1r), the same procedure as shown in Step 1A-6 of Scheme 1 may be repeated to obtain a compound represented by formula (1s).
  • Step 1C-3: Starting from the compound represented by formula (1s), the same procedure as shown in Step 1A-7 of Scheme 1 may be repeated to obtain a compound represented by formula (1t).
  • Step 1C-4: Starting from the compound represented by formula (1t) and the compound represented by formula (1d), the same procedure as shown in Step 1A-3 of Scheme 1 may be repeated to obtain the compound represented by formula (1j).
  • Starting from the resulting compound represented by formula (1j), the procedures shown in Steps 1A-8 to 1A-9 of Scheme 1 may be repeated to obtain the compound represented by formula (1n).
  • Scheme 2
  • Step 2-1: Starting from the compound represented by formula (1b) and the compound represented by formula (1f), the same procedure as shown in Step 1A-4 of Scheme 1 may be repeated to obtain a compound represented by formula (2a).
  • Step 2-2: The compound represented by formula (2a) may be reacted with a halogenating agent to obtain a compound represented by formula (2b). Examples of a halogenating agent include Cl2, Br2, I2, NCS, NBS, NIS, 2,4,4,6-tetrabromocyclohexadienone, PCl5, and SOCl2. The amount of the halogenating agent to be used is generally 2 to 10 equivalents, preferably 1.0 to 2.5 equivalents of the compound represented by formula (2a). When a solvent is required, any solvent may be used as long as it is inert to the reaction, including water, ethers (e.g., dioxane, THF), polar aprotic solvents (e.g., DMF, DMA, NMP, DMPU, HMPA, DMSO), alcohols (e.g., MeOH, EtOH), halogenated solvents (e.g., CCl4, CHCl3, CH2Cl2), CH3CN, acetic acid, or mixtures thereof. If necessary, a base is added. Examples of a base include alkali metal hydroxides (e.g., NaOH, KOH), alkali metal salts (e.g., NaHCO3, K2CO3, AcONa), and amines (e.g., Et3N, iPr2NEt). The amount of the base to be used is generally 1 to 10 equivalents, preferably 1.0 to 1.2 equivalents of the compound represented by formula (2a). The reaction temperature ranges from −78° C. to the solvent reflux temperature, preferably −78° C. to room temperature. Although the reaction time will vary depending on the reaction temperature and/or starting compound, it is generally 30 minutes to 24 hours.
  • Step 2-3: Starting from the compound represented by formula (2b) and the compound represented by formula (1d), the same procedure as shown in Step 1A-3 of Scheme 1 may be repeated to obtain a compound represented by formula (2c).
  • Step 2-4: The compound represented by formula (2c) may be reacted in a solvent in the presence of a catalyst (e.g., Pd/C, Pd(OH)2/C, PtO2) under a hydrogen atmosphere to obtain a compound represented by formula (2d). Examples of a solvent include ethers (e.g., dioxane, THF), alcohols (e.g., MeOH, EtOH), and AcOEt. The amount of the catalyst to be used is generally 0.01 to 1.0 parts by weight of the compound represented by formula (2c).
  • Step 2-5: Starting from the compound represented by formula (2d), the same procedure as shown in Step 1A-5 of Scheme 1 may be repeated to obtain a compound represented by formula (2e).
  • Step 2-6: Starting from the compound represented by formula (2e), the same procedure as shown in Step 1A-6 of Scheme 1 may be repeated to obtain a compound represented by formula (2f).
  • Step 2-7: Starting from the compound represented by formula (2f), the same procedure as shown in Step 1A-7 of Scheme 1 may be repeated to obtain a compound represented by formula (2g).
  • Step 2-8: Starting from the compound represented by formula (2g) and the compound represented by formula (1k), the same procedure as shown in Step 1A-8 of Scheme 1 may be repeated to obtain a compound represented by formula (2h).
  • Step 2-9; Starting from the compound represented by formula (2h) and the compound represented by formula (1m), the same procedure as shown in Step 1A-9 of Scheme 1 may be repeated to obtain a compound represented by formula (2l).
  • Further, starting from the compound represented by formula (2c), the procedures shown in Steps 2-5 to 2-9 of Scheme 2 may be repeated to obtain a halogen-substituted compound represented by formula (21b).
  • Furthermore, the compound represented by formula (2c) may be reacted with the compound represented by formula (1gb) to obtain a compound represented by formula (2ca). Starting from the resulting compound represented by formula (2ca), the procedures shown in Steps 2-5 to 2-9 of Scheme 2 may be repeated to obtain a compound represented by formula (21a) having substituent RE.
  • Step 2-4A: Starting from the compound represented by (2c), the same procedure as shown in Step 1A-5B of Scheme 1 may be repeated to obtain the compound represented by formula (2ca).
  • Scheme 3
  • Step 3-1: Diethyl oxalacetate sodium salt and a compound represented by formula (3a) may be reacted in the presence of acetic acid to obtain a compound represented by formula (3b).
  • Step 3-2: The compound represented by formula (3b) may be reacted with a halogenating agent (e.g., POCl3) in DMF to obtain a compound represented by formula (3c).
  • Step 3-3: Starting from the compound represented by formula (3c) and the compound represented by formula (1d), the same procedure as shown in Step 1A-3 of Scheme 1 may be repeated to obtain a compound represented by formula (3d).
  • Step 3-4: The compound represented by formula (3d) may be reacted with a compound represented by formula (3e) to obtain a compound represented by formula (3f). The amount of the compound represented by formula (3e) to be used is 1 to 10 equivalents, preferably 1.1 to 1.5 equivalents of the compound represented by formula (3d). Examples of a solvent available for use include ethers (e.g., dioxane, THF, Et2O) or mixtures thereof. The reaction temperature ranges from −78° C. to room temperature, preferably −30° C. to 0° C. Although the reaction time will vary depending on the reaction temperature and/or starting compound, it is generally 30 minutes to 24 hours.
  • Step 3-5: The compound represented by formula (3f) may be reacted with a reducing agent in the presence of a Lewis acid to obtain a compound represented by formula (3g). Examples of a Lewis acid include trifluoroacetic acid (TFA), TiCl4, SnCl4, and AlCl3. The amount of the Lewis acid is 1 to 20 equivalents, preferably 5 to 10 equivalents of the compound represented by formula (3f). Examples of a reducing agent include Et3SiH, Bu3SnH, and NaBH4. The amount of the reducing agent is 1 to 5 equivalents, preferably 1 to 3 equivalents of the compound represented by formula (3f). When a solvent is required, any solvent may be used as long as it is inert to the reaction, including halogenated solvents (e.g., CCl4, CHCl3, CH2Cl2) or mixtures thereof. The reaction temperature ranges from −78° C. to the solvent reflux temperature, preferably 0° C. to room temperature.
  • Step 3-6: The compound represented by formula (3g) may be reacted with a reducing agent to obtain a compound represented by formula (3h). Examples of a reducing agent include NaBH4, KBH4, LiB(H)Et3, LiB(sec-Bu)3H, (i-Bu)2AlH Al H (O-t-Bu)3, LiAlH4, LiHAl(O-t-Bu)3, and NaH2Al(OCH2CH2OCH3). The amount of the reducing agent is 0.5 to 5 equivalents, preferably 0.5 to 1.2 equivalents of the compound represented by formula (3g). Examples of a solvent available for use include ethers (e.g., dioxane, THF, diethyl ether), hexane, benzene, toluene, or mixtures thereof. The reaction temperature ranges from −78° C. to room temperature, preferably −78° C. to 0° C. Although the reaction time will vary depending on the reaction temperature and/or starting compound, it is generally 30 minutes to 4 hours.
  • Step 3-7: The compound represented by formula (3h) may be reacted with the compound represented by formula (1q) in the same manner as shown in Step 1B-3 of Scheme 1 to obtain a compound represented by formula (3i). The amount of the compound represented by formula (1q) to be used is 1 to 10 equivalents, preferably 1.1 to 1.5 equivalents of the compound represented by formula (3h). Examples of a solvent available for use include ethers (e.g., dioxane, THF, Et2O) or mixtures thereof. The reaction temperature ranges from −78° C. to room temperature, preferably −30° C. to 0° C. Although the reaction time will vary depending on the reaction temperature and/or starting compound, it is generally 30 minutes to 24 hours.
  • Steps 3-8 and 3-9; Starting from the compound represented by formula (3i), the same procedures as shown in Steps 1A-6 and 1A-7 of Scheme 1 may be repeated to obtain a compound represented by formula (3j).
  • Step 3-10: Starting from the compound represented by formula (3j) and the compound represented by formula (1k), the same procedure as shown in Step 1A-8 of Scheme 1 may be repeated to obtain a compound represented by formula (3k).
  • Step 3-11: Starting from the compound represented by formula (3k) and the compound represented by formula (1m), the same procedure as shown in Step 1A-9 of Scheme 1 may be repeated to obtain a compound represented by formula (3l).
  • Step 3-12: The compound represented by formula (3l) may be reacted with an acid to obtain a compound represented by formula (3m). Examples of an acid include hydrochloric acid/pyridine, and BBr3. The amount of the acid to be used is 1 to 20 equivalents, preferably 10 to 20 equivalents of the compound represented by formula (3l). When a solvent is required, any solvent may be used as long as it is inert to the reaction, including halogenated solvents (e.g., CCl4, CHCl3, CH2Cl2) or mixtures thereof. The reaction temperature ranges from room temperature to 200° C., preferably room temperature to 180° C.
  • For use as pharmaceutical preparations, the compounds of the present invention may be supplemented with commonly used excipients, extenders, pH regulators, solubilizers and so on, and then formulated using standard techniques into tablets, granules, pills, capsules, powders, solutions, suspensions, injections, etc. The pharmaceutical preparations thus obtained can be administered as oral or parenteral formulations.
  • The compounds of the present invention may be given to adult patients at 1 to 1000 mg per day as a single dose or in divided doses. This dosage may be increased or decreased as appropriate for the type of disease, the age, body weight and symptom of a patient, etc.
  • ADVANTAGES OF THE INVENTION
  • The compounds of the present invention were found to be strong Edg-1(S1P1) ligands, as is apparent from the test example described later.
  • BEST MODE FOR CARRYING OUT THE INVENTION
  • The present invention will be further described in more detail by way of the following examples and test example.
  • Example 1 3,4-Dichloro-N-[1-(3-ethyl-2(4-methylphenoxy)-3H-imidazol-4-yl)-ethyl]-benzenesulfonamide (Compound 74)
  • Figure US20090182144A1-20090716-C00021
  • 1-Ethyl-2-iodo-1H-imidazole
  • Figure US20090182144A1-20090716-C00022
  • (1) To a solution of 1-ethyl-1H-imidazole (2.844 g) in THF (60 ml), n-BuLi (11.6 ml, 2.59 N in hexane) was added dropwise at −78° C. under an argon atmosphere. After stirring at the same temperature for 30 minutes, a solution of I2 (7.614 g) in THF (25 ml) was added dropwise. The reaction mixture was warmed to room temperature, diluted with saturated aqueous sodium bicarbonate, and extracted with AcOEt. After washing with saturated aqueous Na2S2O3, the organic layer was dried over MgSO4, filtered and then evaporated to remove the solvent, thereby giving the titled compound (6.492 g) as a light-yellow solid.
  • 1H NMR (200 MHz, CDCl3) δ ppm: 1.40 (t, J=7.4 Hz, 3H), 3.95 (q, J=7.4 Hz, 2H), 7.02-7.06 (m, 1H), 7.07-7.11 (m, 1H)
  • 1-Ethyl-2(4-methylphenoxy)-1H-imidazole
  • Figure US20090182144A1-20090716-C00023
  • (2) A mixture of the compound obtained in Example 1-(1) (30.27 g), 4-cresol (17.69 g), Cs2CO3 (53.43 g) and N,N′-dimethylpropyleneurea (DMPU) (136 ml) was stirred at 200° C. for 3 hours. The mixture was cooled to room temperature, diluted with water, and extracted with AcOEt. After washing with brine, the organic layer was dried over MgSO4, filtered and evaporated under reduced pressure to remove the solvent. The resulting crude product was purified by column chromatography (neutral OH-type SiO2, hexane/AcOEt=10% to 40%) to give the titled compound (8.54 g, yellow oil).
  • 1H NMR (200 MHz, CDCl3) δ ppm: 1.39 (t, J=7.3 Hz, 3H), 2.32 (s, 3H), 3.89 (q, J=7.3 Hz, 3H), 6.65 (d, J=1.8 Hz, 1H), 6.70 (d, J=1.8 Hz, 1H), 7.03-7.320 (m, 4H)
  • 1-(3-Ethyl-2(4-methylphenoxy)-3H-imidazol-4-yl)-ethanol
  • Figure US20090182144A1-20090716-C00024
  • (3) To a solution of the compound obtained in Example 1-(2) (2.493 g) in THF (123 ml), n-BuLi (4.8 ml, 2.59 N in hexane) was added dropwise at −78° C. under an argon atmosphere and stirred at the same temperature for 3.5 hours. The reaction mixture was cooled to −100° C., mixed with Ac2O (2.3 ml), warmed to −65° C. over 50 minutes, diluted with saturated aqueous sodium bicarbonate, and extracted with AcOEt. After washing with brine, the organic layer was dried over MgSO4, filtered and then evaporated to remove the solvent. The resulting crude product was purified by column chromatography (NH-type silica gel, AcOEt/hexane=10% to 30%) to give a mixture of 1-(3-ethyl-2(4-methylphenoxy)-3H-imidazol-4-yl)-ethanone and 1-ethyl-2(4-methylphenoxy)-1H-imidazole (1.509 g, colorless oil). To a solution of the resulting compounds (1.508 g) in MeOH (13 ml), NaBH4 (243 mg) was added at 0° C. and stirred at the same temperature for 15 minutes and then at room temperature for 15 minutes. The reaction mixture was concentrated, diluted with water, and extracted with AcOEt. After washing with brine, the organic layer was dried over MgSO4, filtered and then evaporated to remove the solvent. The resulting crude product was purified by column chromatography (NH-type silica gel, AcOEt/hexane=20% to 99%) to give the titled compound (1.131 g, colorless oil).
  • 1H NMR (200 Hz, CDCl3) δ ppm: 1.38 (t, J=7.3 Hz, 3H), 1.62 (d, J=6.6 Hz, 3H), 2.33 (s, 3H), 3.86-4.20 (m, 2H), 4.70-4.88 (m, 1H), 6.60 (d, J=0.9 Hz, 1H), 7.04-7.21 (m, 4H)
  • 5-(1-Azidoethyl)-1-ethyl-2(4-methylphenoxy)-1H-imidazole
  • Figure US20090182144A1-20090716-C00025
  • (4) To a solution of the compound obtained in Example 1-(3) (1.130 g) in toluene (46 ml), diphenylphosphorylazide (DPPA) (1.48 ml) and 1,8-diazabicyclo[5,4,0]undec-7-ene (DBU) were added at 0° C. and stirred at room temperature for 11.5 hours. The reaction mixture was diluted with water and extracted with AcOEt. After washing with brine, the organic layer was dried over MgSO4, filtered and then evaporated to remove the solvent. The resulting crude product was purified by column chromatography (NH-type silica gel, AcOEt/hexane=0% to 10%) to give the titled compound (983 mg, colorless oil).
  • 1H NMR (200 Hz, CDCl3) δ ppm: 1.38 (t, J=7.1 Hz, 3H), 1.67 (d, J=6.8 Hz, 3H), 2.33 (s, 3H), 3.90-4.07 (m, 2H), 4.25-4.40 (m, 1H), 6.68 (d, J=0.9 Hz, 1H), 7.02-7.30 (m, 4H)
  • 1-(3-Ethyl-2(4-methylphenoxy)-3H-imidazol-4-yl)-ethylamine
  • Figure US20090182144A1-20090716-C00026
  • (5) A mixture of the compound obtained in Example 1-(4) (983 mg) and palladium-activated carbon (197 mg, Pd 10 wt. %) in toluene (46 ml) was stirred under a hydrogen atmosphere (about 1 atm) at room temperature for 4 hours. The reaction mixture was filtered through celite, and the filtrate was concentrated. The resulting crude product was purified by column chromatography (NH-type silica gel, AcOEt/hexane=10% to 99%) to give the titled compound (754 mg, colorless oil).
  • 1H NMR (200 Hz, CDCl3) δ ppm: 1.37 (t, J=7.1 Hz, 3H), 1.49 (d, J=6.6 Hz, 3H), 2.32 (s, 3H), 3.82-4.12 (m, 3H), 6.53 (d, J=0.9 Hz, 1H), 7.04-7.20 (m, 4H)
  • 3,4-Dichloro-N-[1-(3-ethyl-2(4-methylphenoxy)-3H-imidazol-4-yl)-ethyl]-benzenesulfonamide (Compound 74)
  • Figure US20090182144A1-20090716-C00027
  • (6) To a solution of the compound obtained in Example 1-(5) (24 mg) in THF (2.0 mL), Et3N (0.041 mL) and 3,4-dichlorobenzenesulfonyl chloride (48 mg) were added at room temperature and stirred at room temperature for 12 hours. After addition of AcOEt, the organic layer was washed sequentially with 1 N aqueous hydrochloric acid and brine, dried over anhydrous magnesium sulfate, filtered and then evaporated under reduced pressure to remove the solvent. The resulting crude product was purified by NH-type silica gel column chromatography (elution solvent: AcOEt), followed by recrystallization (AcOEt-hexane) to give the titled compound (Compound 74) (25 mg, colorless powder).
  • 1H NMR (200 MHz, DMSO-d6) δ ppm: 1.18 (t, J=7.1 Hz, 3H), 1.26 (d, J=6.8 Hz, 3H), 2.29 (s, 3H), 3.65-3.91 (m, 2H), 4.41-4.62 (m, 1H), 6.42 (s, 1H), 6.97-7.07 (m, 2H), 7.13-7.24 (m, 2H), 7.71 (dd, J=8.4, 2.1 Hz, 1H), 7.87 (d, J=8.4 Hz, 1H), 7.93 (d, J=2.1 Hz, 1H), 8.28-8.43 (m, 1H)
  • Melting point: 142.5-143.5° C.
  • Example 2 3,4-Dichloro-N-[1-(1-ethyl-5-(4-methylphenoxy)-1H-imidazol-2-yl)-ethyl]-benzenesulfonamide (Compound 179)
  • Figure US20090182144A1-20090716-C00028
  • 1-(1-Ethyl-1H-imidazol-2-yl)-ethanone
  • Figure US20090182144A1-20090716-C00029
  • (1) To a solution of 1-ethyl-1H-imidazole (1.923 g) in THF (40 ml), n-BuLi (7.7 ml, 2.59 N in hexane) was added dropwise at −78° C. under an argon atmosphere. After stirring at the same temperature for 30 minutes, the reaction mixture was added dropwise at −78° C. through a cannula to a solution of AcCl (1.56 ml) in THF (40 ml). The reaction mixture was warmed to room temperature over 2 hours, diluted with saturated aqueous sodium bicarbonate, and extracted with AcOEt. After washing with brine, the organic layer was dried over MgSO4, filtered and then evaporated to remove the solvent. The resulting crude product was purified by silica gel column chromatography (NH-type silica gel, AcOEt/hexane=0% to 10%) to give the titled compound (335 mg, colorless oil).
  • 1H NMR (200 Hz, CDCl3) δ ppm: 1.42 (t, J=7.3 Hz, 3H), 2.67 (s, 3H), 4.43 (q, J=7.3 Hz, 2H), 7.09 (s, 1H), 7.15 (d, J=0.7 Hz, 1H)
  • 1-(4,5-Dibromo-1-ethyl-1H-imidazol-2-yl)-ethanone
  • Figure US20090182144A1-20090716-C00030
  • (2) To a solution of the compound obtained in Example 2-(1) (1.08 g) in CH3CN (78 ml), N-bromosuccinimide (NBS) (2.782 g) was added at 0° C., heated under reflux for 3 hours, and then stirred overnight at room temperature. After distilling off the solvent, the resulting residue was purified by silica gel column chromatography (OH-type neutral silica gel, AcOEt/hexane=5% to 20%) to give the titled compound (1.865 g, colorless oil).
  • 1H NMR (200 Hz, CDCl3) δ ppm: 1.35 (t, J=7.1 Hz, 3H), 2.63 (s, 3H), 4.51 (q, J=7.1 Hz, 2H)
  • 1-(4-Bromo-1-ethyl-5-(4-methylphenoxy)-1H-imidazol-2-yl)-ethanone
  • Figure US20090182144A1-20090716-C00031
  • (3) A mixture of the compound obtained in Example 2-(2) (833 mg), 4-cresol (883 μl), Cs2CO3 (2.979 g) and DMPU (2.8 ml) was stirred at 100° C. for 30 minutes and then at 150° C. for 1 hour. The reaction mixture was cooled to room temperature, diluted with aqueous NaOH (2.0 N), and extracted with AcOEt/hexane (1/4). After washing with brine, the organic layer was dried over MgSO4, filtered and evaporated under reduced pressure to remove the solvent. The resulting crude product was purified by column chromatography (NH-type SiO2, AcOEt/hexane=2% to 5%) to give the titled compound (235 mg, colorless solid).
  • 1H NMR (200 Hz, CDCl3) δ ppm: 1.27 (t, J=7.2 Hz, 3H), 2.33 (s, 3H), 2.63 (s, 3H), 4.31 (q, J=7.2 Hz, 2H), 6.76-6.88 (m, 2H), 7.08-7.20 (m, 2H)
  • 1-(1-Ethyl-5(4-methylphenoxy)-1H-imidazol-2-yl)-ethanone
  • Figure US20090182144A1-20090716-C00032
  • (4) A mixture of the compound obtained in Example 2-(3) (154 mg), palladium-activated carbon (31 mg, Pd 10 wt. %) and AcONa (47 mg) in MeOH (4.0 ml) was stirred under a hydrogen atmosphere (about 1 atm) at room temperature for 2 hours. The reaction mixture was filtered through celite, and the filtrate was concentrated, diluted with water and extracted with AcOEt.
  • The organic layer was washed with brine, dried over MgSO4, filtered and then evaporated under reduced pressure to remove the solvent, thereby giving the titled compound (113 mg, colorless oil).
  • 1H NMR (200 Hz, CDCl3) δ ppm: 1.35 (t, J=7.1 Hz, 3H), 2.35 (s, 3H), 2.61 (s, 3H), 4.40 (q, J=7.1 Hz, 2H), 6.53 (s, 1H), 6.94-7.06 (m, 2H), 7.12-7.22 (m, 2H)
  • 1-(1-Ethyl-5-(4-methylphenoxy)-1H-imidazol-2-yl)-ethanol
  • Figure US20090182144A1-20090716-C00033
  • (5) To a solution of the compound obtained in Example 2-(4) (171 mg) in MeOH (7.0 ml), NaBH4 (26 mg) was added at 0° C. and stirred at the same temperature for 15 minutes. The reaction mixture was diluted with water and extracted with AcOEt. After washing with brine, the organic layer was dried over MgSO4, filtered and then evaporated to remove the solvent, thereby giving the titled compound (158 mg, colorless solid).
  • 1H NMR (200 Hz, CDCl3) δ ppm: 1.33 (t, J=7.3 Hz, 3H), 1.67 (d, J=5.9 Hz, 3H), 2.32 (s, 3H), 3.92-4.07 (m, 2H), 4.76-4.98 (m, 1H), 6.35-6.53 (m, 1H), 6.90-7.02 (m, 2H), 7.07-7.18 (m, 2H)
  • 2-(1-Azido-ethyl)-1-ethyl-5-(4-methylphenoxy)-1H-imidazole
  • Figure US20090182144A1-20090716-C00034
  • (6) Starting from the compound obtained in Example 2-(5), the same procedure as used in Example 1-(4) was repeated to give the titled compound (colorless oil, yield 40%).
  • 1H NMR (200 Hz, CDCl3) δ ppm: 1.34 (t, J=7.3 Hz, 3H), 1.79 (d, J=6.8 Hz, 3H), 2.33 (s, 3H), 3.81-4.05 (m, 2H), 4.38-4.53 (m, 1H), 6.47 (s, 1H), 6.91-7.01 (m, 2H), 7.08-7.18 (m, 2H)
  • 1-(1-Ethyl-5-(4-methylphenoxy)-1H-imidazol-2-yl)-ethylamine
  • Figure US20090182144A1-20090716-C00035
  • (7) Starting from the compound obtained in Example 2-(6), the same procedure as used in Example 1-(5) was repeated to give the titled compound (colorless oil) in quantitative yield.
  • 1H NMR (200 Hz, CDCl3) δ ppm: 1.30 (t, J=7.3 Hz, 3H), 1.53 (d, J=6.8 Hz, 3H), 2.32 (s, 3H), 3.77-4.16 (m, 3H), 6.44 (s, 1H), 6.90-7.00 (m, 2H), 7.06-7.16 (m, 2H)
  • 3,4-Dichloro-N-[1-(1-ethyl-5-(4-methylphenoxy)-1H-imidazol-2-yl)-ethyl]-benzenesulfonamide (Compound 179)
  • Figure US20090182144A1-20090716-C00036
  • (8) Starting from the compound obtained in Example 2-(7), the same procedure as used in Example 1-(6) was repeated to give the titled compound (Compound 179) (colorless powder, yield 73%).
  • 1H NMR (200 MHz, DMSO-d6) δ ppm: 1.12 (t, J=7.1 Hz, 3H), 1.30 (d, J=6.8 Hz, 3H), 2.28 (s, 3H), 3.67-3.88 (m, 2H), 4.53-4.70 (m, 1H), 6.25 (s, 1H), 6.84-6.95 (m, 2H), 7.12-7.25 (m, 2H), 7.69 (dd, J=8.5, 2.1 Hz, 1H), 7.84 (d, J=8.5 Hz, 1H), 7.90 (d, J=2.1 Hz, 1H), 8.47-8.64 (m, 1H)
  • Melting point: 133.0-134.5° C.
  • Example 3 N-[1-(3-Ethyl-2-p-toluyloxy-3H-imidazol-4-yl)-ethyl]-4-methoxybenzenesulfonamide (Compound 23)
  • Figure US20090182144A1-20090716-C00037
  • To a solution of the compound obtained in Example 1-(5) (12.3 mg) in THF (0.3 ml), Et3N (25 μl) and a solution of 4-methoxybenzenesulfonyl chloride (15.5 mg) in THF (0.3 ml) were sequentially added and stirred at room temperature for 2 hours. After addition of PSA (polymer supported amine, VARIAN, 1.4 meq/g) (75 μl), the reaction mixture was stirred at room temperature for 12 hours and filtered to remove insoluble materials. After distilling off the solvent, the resulting crude product was purified by silica gel column chromatography (acidic OH-type SiO2, AcOEt/hexane=50% to 100%, MeOH/CHCl3=10%) to give the titled compound (Compound 23, 14.3 mg) as a colorless powder.
  • APCI MS (M−H): 414, APCI MS (M+H)+: 416
  • Example 4 3,4-Dichloro-N-[1-(4-chloro-1-ethyl-5-p-toluyloxy-1H-imidazol-2-yl)-ethyl]-benzenesulfonamide (Compound 183)
  • Figure US20090182144A1-20090716-C00038
  • 1-(4,5-Dichloro-1-ethyl-1H-imidazol-2-yl)-ethanone
  • Figure US20090182144A1-20090716-C00039
  • (1) The same procedure as used in Example 2-(2) was repeated to give the titled compound (colorless oil, yield 47%), except that N-bromosuccinimide (NBS) was replaced with N-chlorosuccinimide (NCS).
  • 1H NMR (600 MHz, CDCl3) δ ppm: 1.36 (t, J=7.2 Hz, 3H), 2.61 (s, 3H), 4.48 (q, J=7.2 Hz, 2H)
  • 1-(4-Chloro-1-ethyl-5-p-toluyloxy-1H-imidazol-2-yl)-ethanone
  • Figure US20090182144A1-20090716-C00040
  • (2) Starting from the compound obtained in Example 4-(1), the same procedure as used in Example 2-(3) was repeated to give the titled compound (colorless solid, yield 47%).
  • 1H NMR (600 MHz, CDCl3) δ ppm: 1.28 (t, J=7.2 Hz, 3H), (s, 3H), 2.62 (s, 3H), 4.32 (q, J=7.2 Hz, 2H), 6.81-6.86 (m, 2H), 7.12-7.16 (m, 2H)
  • 1-(4-Chloro-1-ethyl-5-p-toluyloxy-1H-imidazol-2-yl)-ethanol
  • Figure US20090182144A1-20090716-C00041
  • (3) Starting from the compound obtained in Example 4-(2), the same procedure as used in Example 2-(5) was repeated to give the titled compound (light-yellow oil, yield 87%).
  • 1H NMR (600 MHz, CDCl3) δ ppm: 1.28 (t, J=7.3 Hz, 3H), 1.66 (d, J=6.4 Hz, 3H), 2.32 (s, 3H), 3.83-3.98 (m, 2H), 4.81-4.88 (m, 1H), 6.81-6.87 (m, 2H), 7.09-7.14 (m, 2H)
  • 2-(1-Azidoethyl)-4-chloro-1-ethyl-5-p-toluyloxy-1H-imidazole
  • Figure US20090182144A1-20090716-C00042
  • (4) Starting from the compound obtained in Example 4-(3), the same procedure as used in Example 1-(4) was repeated to give the titled compound (light-yellow oil, yield 87%).
  • 1H NMR (600 MHz, CDCl3) δ ppm: 1.28 (t, J=7.1 Hz, 3H), 1.78 (d, J=6.4 Hz, 3H), 2.32 (s, 3H), 3.82-3.94 (m, 2H), 4.40-4.45 (m, 1H), 6.81-6.86 (m, 2H), 7.10-7.15 (m, 2H)
  • 1-(4-Chloro-1-ethyl-5-p-toluyloxy-1H-imidazol-2-yl)-ethylamine
  • Figure US20090182144A1-20090716-C00043
  • (5) To a solution of the compound obtained in Example 4-(4) (460 mg) and PPh3 (790 mg) in THF (50 ml), H2O (0.6 ml) was added and heated under reflux for 15 hours. After H2O (0.6 ml) was further added, the reaction mixture was heated under reflux for an additional 4 hours, cooled to room temperature, and evaporated to remove the solvent. The resulting crude product was purified by silica gel column chromatography (OH-type, neutral SiO2, MeOH/CHCl3=0% to 10%) to give the titled compound (372 mg, colorless oil).
  • 1H NMR (600 MHz, CDCl3) δ ppm: 1.26 (t, J=7.3 Hz, 3H), 1.52 (d, J=6.9 Hz, 3H), 2.31 (s, 3H), 3.79-3.96 (m, 2H), 4.03-4.10 (m, 1H), 6.82-6.88 (m, 2H), 7.08-7.15 (m, 2H)
  • 3,4-Dichloro-N-[1-(4-chloro-1-ethyl-5-p-toluyloxy-1H-imidazol-2-yl)-ethyl]-benzenesulfonamide (Compound 183)
  • Figure US20090182144A1-20090716-C00044
  • (6) Starting from the compound obtained in Example 4-(5), the same procedure as used in Example 1-(6) was repeated to give the titled compound (Compound 183) (colorless powder, yield 66%).
  • 1H NMR (600 MHz, CDCl3) δ ppm: 1.17 (t, J=7.3 Hz, 3H), 1.49 (d, J=6.9 Hz, 3H), 2.32 (s, 3H), 3.68-3.89 (m, 2H), 4.52-4.65 (m, 1H), 5.55-5.72 (m, 1H), 6.72-6.77 (m, 2H), 7.10-7.16 (m, 2H), 7.52-7.61 (m, 2H) 7.84 (d, J=2.3 Hz, 1H)
  • Melting point: 122.5-123.5° C.
  • Example 5 3,4-Dichloro-N-{1-[3-ethyl-2-(4-fluorophenoxy)-5-methyl-3H-imidazol-4-yl]-ethyl}-benzenesulfonamide (Compound 188)
  • Figure US20090182144A1-20090716-C00045
  • 2-Chloro-1-ethyl-1H-imidazole
  • Figure US20090182144A1-20090716-C00046
  • (1) To a solution of 1-ethyl-1H-imidazole (2.2 g) in THF (12 ml), n-BuLi (9.1 ml, 2.64 N in hexane) was added dropwise at −78° C. under an argon atmosphere. After stirring at the same temperature for 30 minutes, a solution of hexachloroethane (5.7 g) in THF (12 ml) was added dropwise and stirred at the same temperature for 1 hour. The reaction mixture was diluted with saturated aqueous ammonium chloride, warmed to room temperature, and extracted with AcOEt. After washing with water and saturated aqueous sodium chloride, the organic layer was dried over MgSO4, filtered and then evaporated under reduced pressure to remove the solvent. The resulting crude product was purified by column chromatography (OH-type SiO2, AcOEt/hexane=0% to 20%) to give the titled compound (2.74 g, colorless oil).
  • 1H NMR (600 MHz, CDCl3) δ ppm: 1.40 (t, J=7.3 Hz, 3H), 3.96 (q, J=7.3 Hz, 2H), 6.88-6.98 (m, 2H)
  • 1-(2-Chloro-3-ethyl-3H-imidazol-4-yl)-ethanone
  • Figure US20090182144A1-20090716-C00047
  • (2) To a solution of the compound obtained in Example 5-(1) (2.74 g) in THF (40 ml), n-BuLi (8.35 ml, 2.64 N in hexane) was added dropwise at −78° C. under an argon atmosphere and stirred at the same temperature for 30 minutes. The resulting reaction mixture was added at −78° C. to a solution of Ac2O (2.1 ml) in THF (40 ml) and warmed to 0° C. over 2.5 hours. The reaction mixture was diluted with saturated aqueous sodium bicarbonate and extracted with AcOEt. After washing with saturated aqueous sodium chloride, the organic layer was dried over MgSO4, filtered and then evaporated to remove the solvent. The resulting crude product was purified by column chromatography (NH-type SiO2, AcOEt/hexane=10%) to give the titled compound (2.57 g, light-yellow oil).
  • 1H NMR (600 MHz, CDCl3) δ ppm: 1.33 (t, J=7.2 Hz, 3H), 2.46 (s, 3H) 4.42 (q, J=7.2 Hz, 2H) 7.69 (s, 1H)
  • 1-[3-Ethyl-2-(4-fluorophenoxy)-3H-imidazol-4-yl]-ethanone
  • Figure US20090182144A1-20090716-C00048
  • (3) A mixture of the compound obtained in Example 5-(2) (13.20 g), 4-fluorophenol (12.86 g), Cs2CO3 (49.9 g) and DMPU (15 ml) was stirred at 200° C. for 2 hours. After cooling to room temperature, MeOH/CHCl3 (MeOH/CHCl3=20%) was added and insoluble materials were filtered off. The filtrate was concentrated, and the resulting crude product was purified by column chromatography (OH-type neutral SiO2, AcOEt/hexane=0% to 30%) to give the titled compound (22.37 g, light-yellow oil).
  • 1H NMR (600 MHz, CDCl3) δ ppm: 1.38 (t, J=7.2 Hz, 3H), 2.42 (s, 3H), 4.38 (q, J=7.2 Hz, 2H), 7.04-7.12 (m, 2H), 7.19-7.23 (m, 2H), 7.47 (s, 1H)
  • 1-[5-Bromo-3-ethyl-2-(4-fluorophenoxy)-3H-imidazol-4-yl]-ethanone
  • Figure US20090182144A1-20090716-C00049
  • (4) To a solution of the compound obtained in Example 5-(3) (5.0 g) in DMF (50 ml), N-bromosuccinimide (NBS) (7.15 g) was added and stirred at room temperature for 6 hours. After NBS (1.83 g) was further added and stirred for an additional 4 hours, the reaction mixture was concentrated. The resulting residue was purified by silica gel column chromatography (OH-type neutral SiO2, AcOEt/hexane=0% to 10%) to give the titled compound (4.916 g, yellow oil).
  • 1H NMR (600 MHz, CDCl3) δ ppm: 1.35 (t, J=7.1 Hz, 3H), 2.64 (s, 3H), 4.37 (q, J=7.1 Hz, 2H), 7.06-7.11 (m, 2H), 7.20-7.24 (m, 2H)
  • 1-[3-Ethyl-2-(4-fluorophenoxy)-5-methyl-3H-imidazol-4-yl]-ethanone
  • Figure US20090182144A1-20090716-C00050
  • (5) A mixture of the compound obtained in Example 5-(4) (3.66 g), trimethylboroxin (1.57 ml), Pd(PPh3)4 (1.29 g) and K2CO3 (4.64 g) in dioxane (25 ml) was stirred under an argon atmosphere at 115° C. for 6 hours. To this mixture, trimethylboroxin (0.52 ml) was further added and stirred at the same temperature for an additional 4 hours. The reaction mixture was cooled to room temperature and filtered to remove insoluble materials. The filtrate was concentrated, and the resulting residue was purified by column chromatography (OH-type neutral SiO2, AcOEt/hexane=0% to 50%) to give the titled compound (627 mg, yellow oil).
  • 1H NMR (600 MHz, CDCl3) δ ppm: 1.33 (t, J=7.0 Hz, 3H), 2.46 (2 s, 6H), 4.32 (q, J=7.0 Hz, 2H) 7.05-7.10 (m, 2H) 7.19-7.22 (m, 2H)
  • 1-[3-Ethyl-2-(4-fluorophenoxy)-5-methyl-3H-imidazol-4-yl]-ethanol
  • Figure US20090182144A1-20090716-C00051
  • (6) Starting from the compound obtained in Example 5-(5), the same procedure as used in Example 2-(5) was repeated to give the titled compound (light-yellow oil, yield 42%).
  • 1H NMR (600 MHz, CDCl3) δ ppm: 1.35 (t, J=7.1 Hz, 3H), 1.58 (dd, J=6.9, 1.8 Hz, 3H), 2.13 (s, 3H), 3.93-4.09 (m, 2H), 4.94-5.01 (m, 1H), 6.99-7.06 (m, 2H), 7.15-7.20 (m, 2H)
  • 1-[3-Ethyl-2-(4-fluorophenoxy)-5-methyl-3H-imidazol-4-yl]-ethylazide
  • Figure US20090182144A1-20090716-C00052
  • (7) Starting from the compound obtained in Example 5-(6), the same procedure as used in Example 1-(4) was repeated to give the titled compound (yellow oil, yield 44%).
  • 1H NMR (600 MHz, CDCl3) δ ppm: 1.36 (t, J=7.3 Hz, 3H), 1.60 (d, J=7.3 Hz, 3H), 2.19 (s, 3H), 3.88-4.00 (m, 2H), 4.70-4.76 (m, 1H), 7.00-7.08 (m, 2H), 7.17-7.22 (m, 2H)
  • 5-(1-Aminoethyl)-1-ethyl-2-(4-fluorophenoxy)-4-methyl-1H-imidazole
  • Figure US20090182144A1-20090716-C00053
  • (8) A mixture of the compound obtained in Example 5-(7) (120 mg) and palladium-activated carbon (24 mg, Pd 10 wt. %) in MeOH (3.0 ml) was stirred under a hydrogen atmosphere (about 1 atm) at room temperature for 4 hours. The reaction mixture was filtered through celite, and the filtrate was concentrated to give the titled compound (120 mg, colorless oil).
  • 1H NMR (600 MHz, CDCl3) δ ppm: 1.33 (t, J=7.1 Hz, 3H), 1.48 (d, J=6.9 Hz, 3H), 2.16 (s, 3H), 3.92-4.14 (m, 2H), 4.27 (q, J=6.9 Hz, 1H), 6.99-7.05 (m, 2H), 7.14-7.21 (m, 2H)
  • 3,4-Dichloro-N-{1-[3-ethyl-2-(4-fluorophenoxy)-5-methyl-3H-imidazol-4-yl]-ethyl}-benzenesulfonamide (Compound 188)
  • Figure US20090182144A1-20090716-C00054
  • (9) Starting from the compound obtained in Example 5-(8), the same procedure as used in Example 1-(6) was repeated to give the titled compound (Compound 188) (colorless powder, yield 73%).
  • 1H NMR (600 MHz, CDCl3) δ ppm: 1.25 (t, J=7.1 Hz, 3H), 1.55 (d, J=6.9 Hz, 3H), 2.00 (s, 3H), 3.60-3.73 (m, 1H), 3.77-3.89 (m, 1H), 4.63-4.74 (m, 1H), 4.95-5.03 (m, 1H), 7.00-7.08 (m, 2H), 7.11-7.18 (m, 2H), 7.43-7.52 (m, 2H), 7.75 (d, J=1.8 Hz, 1H)
  • Melting point: 119.5-120.0° C.
  • Example 6 3,4-Dichloro-N-[1-(4-ethyl-1-methyl-5-p-toluyloxy-1H-pyrazol-3-yl)-ethyl]-benzenesulfonamide (Compound 180)
  • Figure US20090182144A1-20090716-C00055
  • 5-Hydroxy-1-methyl-1H-pyrazole-3-carboxylic acid ethyl ester
  • Figure US20090182144A1-20090716-C00056
  • (1) To a solution of diethyl oxalacetate sodium salt (30.0 g) in toluene (200 ml), acetic acid (200 ml) and methylhydrazine (15 ml) were added and stirred at 100° C. for 8.5 hours. The reaction mixture was concentrated, and the resulting residue was diluted with saturated aqueous sodium chloride and extracted with AcOEt. The resulting organic layer was dried over MgSO4, filtered and evaporated under reduced pressure to remove the solvent. The resulting solid was washed with Et2O/hexane (Et2O/hexane=2/1) and dried to give the titled compound (18.8 g, brown powder).
  • 1H NMR (600 MHz, DMSO-D6) δ ppm: 1.25 (t, J=7.1 Hz, 3H), 3.59 (s, 3H), 4.16-4.25 (m, 2H), 5.77 (s, 1H)
  • 5-Chloro-4-formyl-1-methyl-1H-pyrazole-3-carboxylic acid ethyl ester
  • Figure US20090182144A1-20090716-C00057
  • (2) To 1,2-dichloroethane (75 ml), DMF (13.7 ml) and POCl3 (82.5 ml) were sequentially added dropwise at 0° C. under a nitrogen atmosphere. To this mixture, a solution of the compound obtained in Example 6-(1) (10.0 g) in 1,2-dichloroethane (75 ml) was added dropwise and warmed to room temperature. After stirring at 110° C. for 4.5 hours, the reaction mixture was cooled to room temperature and evaporated to remove the solvent. The resulting residue was added to saturated aqueous sodium bicarbonate and stirred for 2 hours. After extraction with AcOEt, the resulting organic layer was dried over MgSO4, filtered and evaporated under reduced pressure to remove the solvent. The resulting crude product was recrystallized (AcOEt/hexane) to give the titled compound (14.7 g, yellow solid).
  • 1H NMR (600 MHz, DMSO-D6) δ ppm: 1.32 (t, J=7.0 Hz, 3H), 3.92 (s, 3H), 4.36 (q, J=7.0 Hz, 2H), 10.24 (s, 1H)
  • 4-Formyl-1-methyl-5-p-toluyloxy-1H-pyrazole-3-carboxylic acid ethyl ester
  • Figure US20090182144A1-20090716-C00058
  • (3) To a solution of 4-cresol (3.62 ml) in DMF (80 ml), NaH (1.38 g, 60% in mineral oil) was added at room temperature and stirred at room temperature for 15 minutes, followed by addition of the compound obtained in Example 6-(2) (5.00 g). After stirring at 110° C. for 1.5 hours, the reaction mixture was cooled to room temperature and evaporated to remove the solvent. The resulting residue was purified by column chromatography (OH-type SiO2, AcOEt/hexane=0% to 50%) to give the titled compound (3.54 g, colorless solid).
  • 1H NMR (600 MHz, DMSO-D6) δ ppm: 1.27-1.38 (m, 3H), 2.27 (s, 3H), 3.74 (s, 3H), 4.32-4.42 (m, 2H), 6.84-6.94 (m, 2H), 7.10-7.20 (m, 2H), 10.08 (s, 1H)
  • 4-(1-Hydroxyethyl)-1-methyl-5-p-toluyloxy-1H-pyrazole-3-carboxylic acid ethyl ester
  • Figure US20090182144A1-20090716-C00059
  • (4) To a solution of the compound obtained in Example 6-(3) (3.50 g) in THF (20 ml)/Et2O (120 ml), MeMgBr (5.26 ml, 3.0 mmol in Et2O) was added at −30° C. under a nitrogen atmosphere. After warming to 0° C., the reaction mixture was stirred for 2.5 hours, diluted with saturated aqueous ammonium chloride and saturated aqueous sodium chloride, and then extracted with AcOEt. The organic layer was dried over Na2SO4, filtered and evaporated under reduced pressure to remove the solvent. The resulting crude product was purified by column chromatography (OH-type SiO2, AcOEt/hexane=0% to 50%) to give the titled compound (2.17 g, light-yellow oil).
  • 1H NMR (600 MHz, DMSO-D6) δ ppm: 1.22 (d, J=6.4 Hz, 3H), 1.28-1.32 (m, 3H), 2.26 (s, 3H), 3.56 (s, 3H), 4.28 (q, J=6.9 Hz, 2H), 4.75 (d, J=4.6 Hz, 1H), 5.03-5.11 (m, 1H), 6.79-6.84 (m, 2H), 7.13-7.19 (m, 2H)
  • 4-Ethyl-1-methyl-5-p-toluyloxy-1H-pyrazole-3-carboxylic acid ethyl ester
  • Figure US20090182144A1-20090716-C00060
  • (5) To a solution of the compound obtained in Example 6-(4) (2.14 g) in CHCl3 (40 ml), CF3COOH (5.4 ml) and Et3SiH (2.3 ml) were added at −20° C. and stirred at room temperature for 3.5 hours. The resulting reaction mixture was purified by column chromatography (OH-type SiO2, AcOEt/hexane=0% to 50%) to give the titled compound (1.36 g, colorless oil).
  • 1H NMR (600 MHz, DMSO-D6) δ ppm: 0.93 (t, J=7.5 Hz, 3H), 1.29 (t, J=7.0 Hz, 3H), 2.27 (s, 3H), 2.42 (q, J=7.5 Hz, H), 3.63 (s, 3H), 4.27 (q, J=7.0 Hz, 2H), 6.78-6.87 (m, H), 7.16-7.22 (m, 2H)
  • 4-Ethyl-1-methyl-5-p-tolyloxy-1H-pyrazole-3-carbaldehyde
  • Figure US20090182144A1-20090716-C00061
  • (6) To a solution of the compound obtained in Example 6-(5) (1.36 g) in THF (30 ml), LiB(C2H5)3H (9.9 ml, 1.0 M in THF) was added at −20° C. and stirred for 2 hours. The reaction mixture was then warmed to 0° C. and stirred for 2 hours, followed by addition of AcOH (10% in EtOH). After stirring at room temperature for 0.5 hours, the reaction mixture was evaporated to remove the solvent, diluted with aqueous HCl (1.0 M) and extracted with AcOEt. The organic layer was dried over MgSO4, filtered and evaporated under reduced pressure to remove the solvent. The resulting crude product was purified by column chromatography (OH-type SiO2, AcOEt/hexane=0% to 99%) to give the titled compound (72 mg, colorless oil) and 4-ethyl-1-methyl-5-p-toluyloxy-1H-pyrazol-3-yl)-methanol (554 mg, colorless oil).
  • 4-Ethyl-1-methyl-5-p-tolyloxy-1H-pyrazole-3-carbaldehyde
  • 1H NMR (600 MHz, DMSO-D6) δ ppm: 0.94 (t, J=7.5 Hz, 3H), 2.27 (s, 3H), 2.42 (q, J=7.5 Hz, 2H), 3.71 (s, 3H), 6.84-6.89 (m, 2H), 7.18-7.22 (m, 2H), 9.81 (s, 1H)
  • 4-Ethyl-1-methyl-5-p-toluyloxy-1H-pyrazol-3-yl)-methanol
  • 1H NMR (600 MHz, DMSO-D6) δ ppm: 0.94 (t, J=7.8 Hz, 3H), 2.23 (q, J=7.8 Hz, 2H), 2.26 (s, 3H), 3.48 (s, 3H), 4.34 (d, J=5.5 Hz, 2H), 4.90 (t, J=5.5 Hz, 1H), 6.76-6.83 (m, 2H), 7.12-7.22 (m, 2H)
  • 1-(4-Ethyl-1-methyl-5-p-toluyloxy-1H-pyrazol-3-yl)-ethanol
  • Figure US20090182144A1-20090716-C00062
  • (7) To a solution of 4-ethyl-1-methyl-5-p-tolyloxy-1H-pyrazole-3-carbaldehyde obtained in Example 6-(6) (470 mg) in Et2O (10 ml), MeMgBr (0.71 ml, 3.0 mmol in Et2O) was added at −30° C. under a nitrogen atmosphere. After stirring at 0° C. for 4 hours, the reaction mixture was diluted with saturated aqueous ammonium chloride and extracted with AcOEt. The organic layer was dried over Na2SO4, filtered and evaporated under reduced pressure to remove the solvent. The resulting crude product was purified by column chromatography (OH-type SiO2, AcOEt/hexane=0% to 50%) to give the titled compound (406 mg, colorless oil).
  • 1H NMR (600 MHz, DMSO-D6) δ ppm: 0.93 (m, 3H), 1.39 (d, J=6.4 Hz, 3H), 2.22-2.32 (m, 5H), 3.47 (s, 3H), 4.64-4.72 (m, 1H), 4.92 (d, J=5.0 Hz, 1H), 6.75-6.81 (m, 2H), 7.14-7.20 (m, 2H)
  • 3-(1-Azidoethyl)-4-ethyl-1-methyl-5-p-toluyloxy-1H-pyrazole
  • Figure US20090182144A1-20090716-C00063
  • (8) Starting from the compound obtained in Example 6-(7), the same procedure as used in Example 1-(4) was repeated to give the titled compound (colorless oil, yield 70%).
  • 1H NMR (600 MHz, DMSO-D6) δ ppm: 0.92 (t, J=7.8 Hz, 3H), 1.53 (d, J=6.9 Hz, 3H), 2.23 (q, J=7.8 Hz, 2H), 2.27 (s, 3H), 3.54 (s, 3H), 4.69 (q, J=6.9 Hz, 1H), 6.75-6.83 (m, 2H), 7.14-7.22 (m, 2H)
  • 1-(4-Ethyl-1-methyl-5-p-toluyloxy-1H-pyrazol-3-yl)-ethylamine
  • Figure US20090182144A1-20090716-C00064
  • (9) Starting from the compound obtained in Example 6-(8), the same procedure as used in Example 1-(5) was repeated to give the titled compound (colorless oil, yield 89%).
  • 1H NMR (600 MHz, DMSO-D6) δ ppm: 0.92 (m, 3H), 1.29 (d, Hz, 3H), 2.18-2.29 (m, 5H), 3.46 (s, 3H), 3.94 (q, Hz, 1H), 6.75-6.82 (m, 2H), 7.14-7.20 (m, 2H)
  • 3,4-Dichloro-N-[1-(4-ethyl-1-methyl-5-p-toluyloxy-1H-pyrazol-3-yl)-ethyl]-benzenesulfonamide (Compound 180)
  • Figure US20090182144A1-20090716-C00065
  • (10) Starting from the compound obtained in Example 6-(9), the same procedure as used in Example 1-(6) was repeated to give the titled compound (Compound 180) (colorless powder, yield 48%).
  • 1H NMR (600 MHz, DMSO-d6) δ ppm: 0.78 (t, J=7.6 Hz, 3H), 1.33 (d, J=6.9 Hz, 3H), 1.95-2.12 (m, 2H), 2.26 (s, 3H), 3.37 (s, 3H), 4.37-4.51 (m, 1H), 6.60-6.70 (m, 2H), 7.12-7.22 (m, 2H), 7.64 (dd, J=8.5, 2.1 Hz, 1H), 7.77-7.89 (m, 2H), 8.41 (brs, 1H)
  • Melting point: 114.0-115.0° C.
  • Example 7 3,4-Dichloro-N-{1-[3-ethyl-2-(4-fluorophenoxy)-3H-imidazol-4-yl]-propyl}-benzenesulfonamide (Compound 191)
  • Figure US20090182144A1-20090716-C00066
  • 2-Chloro-3-ethyl-3H-imidazole-4-carbaldehyde
  • Figure US20090182144A1-20090716-C00067
  • (1) To a solution of 2-chloro-1-ethyl-1H-imidazole obtained in Example 5-(1) (15.0 g) in THF (570 ml), n-BuLi (2.64 M in hexane, 45.5 ml) was added dropwise at −78° C. over 1 hour and stirred at the same temperature for 30 minutes. Dimethylformamide (8.9 ml) was added dropwise at the same temperature over 15 minutes, and the reaction mixture was warmed to 0° C. over 5 hours. The reaction mixture was diluted with saturated ammonium chloride solution, and the aqueous layer was extracted with ethyl acetate. The organic layer was washed with saturated aqueous sodium chloride, dried over magnesium sulfate, filtered and concentrated. The resulting residue was purified by silica gel column chromatography (OH-type SiO2, AcOEt/hexane 0% to 60%) to give the titled compound (14.1 g) as a colorless crystal.
  • 1H NMR (600 MHz, CDCl3) δ ppm: 1.37 (t, J=7.1 Hz, 3H), 4.27-4.50 (m, 2H), 7.69 (s, 1H), 9.64 (s, 1H)
  • 3-Ethyl-2-(4-fluorophenoxy)-3H-imidazole-4-carbaldehyde
  • Figure US20090182144A1-20090716-C00068
  • (2) A suspension of the compound obtained in Example 7-(1) (5.0 g), 4-fluorophenol (2.87 g) and Cs2CO3 (10.4 g) in DMPU (10 ml) was stirred at 200° C. for 1 hour. After cooling to room temperature, the reaction mixture was diluted with methanol/chloroform (1/4) and filtered. The filtrate was concentrated, and the resulting residue was purified by column chromatography (OH-type SiO2, AcOEt/hexane=0% to 30%) to give the titled compound (4.16 g) as a light-pink liquid.
  • 1H NMR (600 MHz, CDCl3) δ ppm: 1.44 (t, J=7.3 Hz, 3H), 4.37 (q, J=7.3 Hz, 2H), 7.10-7.17 (m, 2H), 7.36-7.40 (m, 2H)
  • 1-[3-Ethyl-2-(4-fluorophenoxy)-3H-imidazol-4-yl]-propan-1-ol
  • Figure US20090182144A1-20090716-C00069
  • (3) To a solution of the compound obtained in Example 7-(2) (468 mg) in Et2O (4.0 ml), EtMgBr (1.0 M in THF, 4.0 ml) was added at 0° C. and stirred at the same temperature to room temperature for 2 hours. The reaction mixture was diluted with saturated ammonium chloride solution, and the aqueous layer was extracted with ethyl acetate. After washing with saturated aqueous sodium chloride, the organic layer was dried over magnesium sulfate and filtered. The filtrate was concentrated, and the resulting residue was purified by silica gel column chromatography (OH-type SiO2, AcOEt/hexane=0% to 50%) to give the titled compound (1.1 g) as a colorless solid.
  • 1H NMR (600 MHz, CDCl3) δ ppm: 1.06 (t, J=7.3 Hz, 3H), 1.39 (t, J=7.1 Hz, 3H), 1.83-2.02 (m, 2H), 3.95-4.10 (m, 2H), 4.43-4.51 (m, 1H), 6.53-6.60 (m, 1H), 7.02-7.10 (m, 2H), 7.17-7.25 (m, 2H)
  • 5-(1-Azidopropyl)-1-ethyl-2-(4-fluorophenoxy)-1H-imidazole
  • Figure US20090182144A1-20090716-C00070
  • (4) Starting from the compound obtained in Example 7-(3) (550 mg), the same procedure as used in Example 1-(4) was repeated to give the titled compound (606 mg) as a colorless oil.
  • 1H NMR (600 MHz, CDCl3) δ ppm; 1.02-1.11 (m, 3H), 1.39 (t, J=7.1 Hz, 3H), 1.96-2.06 (m, 2H), 3.89-4.02 (m, 2H), 4.02-4.08 (m, 1H), 6.64-6.71 (m, 1H), 7.02-7.41 (m, 4H)
  • 1-[3-Ethyl-2-(4-fluorophenoxy)-3H-imidazol-4-yl]-propylamine
  • Figure US20090182144A1-20090716-C00071
  • (5) Starting from the compound obtained in Example 7-(4) (606 mg), the same procedure as used in Example 1-(5) was repeated to give the titled compound (214 mg) as a colorless powder.
  • 1H NMR (600 MHz, CDCl3) δ ppm: 1.00 (t, J=7.3 Hz, 3H), 1.37 (t, J=7.1 Hz, 3H), 1.63-1.73 (m, 1H), 1.84-1.94 (m, 1H), 3.70 (t, J=6.9 Hz, 1H), 3.93-4.10 (m, 2H), 6.50 (s, 1H), 7.01-7.07 (m, 2H), 7.17-7.24 (m, 2H)
  • 3,4-Dichloro-N-{1-[3-ethyl-2-(4-fluorophenoxy)-3H-imidazol-4-yl]-propyl}-benzenesulfonamide (Compound 191)
  • Figure US20090182144A1-20090716-C00072
  • (6) Starting from the compound obtained in Example 7-(5) (107 mg), the same procedure as used in Example 1-(6) was repeated to give the titled compound (Compound 191) (144 mg) as a colorless powder.
  • 1H NMR (600 MHz, CDCl3) δ ppm: 0.92 (t, J=7.3 Hz, 3H), 1.30 (t, J=7.1 Hz, 3H), 1.68-1.87 (m, 2H), 3.77-3.93 (m, 2H), 4.30-4.40 (m, 1H), 4.80-4.92 (m, 1H), 6.43 (s, 1H), 7.02-7.11 (m, 2H), 7.14-7.22 (m, 2H), 7.52-7.56 (m, 1H), 7.56-7.62 (m, 1H), 7.86 (d, J=1.8 Hz, 1H)
  • Melting point: 137.5-138.5° C.
  • Example 8 *3,4-Dichloro-N-{1-[3-ethyl-2-(4-fluorophenoxy)-3H-imidazol-4-yl]-propyl}-benzenesulfonamide (Compounds 253 and 254)
  • Figure US20090182144A1-20090716-C00073
  • The compound obtained in Example 7 (80 mg) was optically resolved on an optical resolution column (column: CHIRALPAK AD [Daicel Chemical Industries, Ltd., Japan], 2 cmφ×25 cmL; eluent: i-PrOH/hexane=50%, flow rate: 6.0 ml/min) to give the titled compound (Compound 253) [(R)-(+)-form, 31 mg, colorless powder, whose configuration was determined by X-ray structural analysis] and another titled compound (Compound 254) [(S)-(−)-form, 28 mg, colorless powder, whose configuration was determined by X-ray structural analysis].
  • (R)-(+)-3,4-Dichloro-N-{1-[3-ethyl-2-(4-fluorophenoxy)-3H-imidazol-4-yl]-propyl}-benzenesulfonamide (Compound 253)
  • Figure US20090182144A1-20090716-C00074
  • [α]D 26+19.7° (c 0.436, CHCl3)
  • Retention time: 7.6 min (column: CHIRALPAK AD [Daicel Chemical Industries, Ltd., Japan], 4.6 mmφ×250 mL; eluent: i-PrOH/hexane=60%; flow rate: 0.5 ml/min)
  • (S)-(−)-3,4-Dichloro-N-{1-[3-ethyl-2-(4-fluorophenoxy)-3H-imidazol-4-yl]-propyl}-benzenesulfonamide (Compound 254)
  • Figure US20090182144A1-20090716-C00075
  • [α]D 25-17.3° (c 0.557, CHCl3)
  • Retention time: 14.7 min (column: CHIRALPAK AD [Daicel Chemical Industries, Ltd., Japan], 4.6 mmφ×250 mL; eluent: i-PrOH/hexane=60%; flow rate: 0.5 ml/min)
  • Example 9 3,4-Dichloro-N-{1-[3-ethyl-2-(4-chlorophenoxy)-3H-imidazol-4-yl]-ethyl}-benzenesulfonamide (Compound 189)
  • Figure US20090182144A1-20090716-C00076
  • 1-(2-Chloro-3-ethyl-3H-imidazol-4-yl)-ethanol
  • Figure US20090182144A1-20090716-C00077
  • (1) To a solution of 2-chloro-3-ethyl-3H-imidazole-4-carbaldehyde obtained in Example 7-(1) (13.60 g) in Et2O (429 ml), MeMgBr (37.2 ml, 3.0 M in Et2O) was added at −30° C. under an argon atmosphere. After warming to 0° C., the reaction mixture was diluted with saturated aqueous NH4Cl and extracted with AcOEt. The organic layer was washed with saturated aqueous sodium chloride, dried over MgSO4, filtered and concentrated. The resulting crude product (brown solid) was washed with hexane and then dried to give the titled compound (13.01 g) as a light-brown solid.
  • 1H NMR (200 MHz, CDCl3) δ ppm: 1.37 (t, J=7.3 Hz, 3H), 1.62 (d, J=6.6 Hz, 3H), 3.89-4.30 (m, 2H), 4.80 (q, J=6.6 Hz, 1H), 6.80 (s, 1H)
  • 5-(1-Azidoethyl)-2-chloro-1-ethyl-1H-imidazole
  • Figure US20090182144A1-20090716-C00078
  • (2) Starting from the compound obtained in Example 9-(1) (11.95 g), the same procedure as used in Example 1-(4) was repeated to give the titled compound (light-yellow oil, 13.67 g).
  • 1H NMR (200 MHz, CDCl3) δ ppm: 1.37 (t, J=7.3 Hz, 3H), 1.69 (d, J=6.6 Hz, 3H), 3.90-4.15 (m, 2H), 4.26-4.40 (m, 1H), 6.95 (d, J=0.9 Hz, 1H)
  • 1-(2-Chloro-3-ethyl-3H-imidazol-4-yl)-ethylamine
  • Figure US20090182144A1-20090716-C00079
  • (3) To a solution of the compound obtained in Example 9-(2) (5.99 g) and PPh3 (7.869 g) in THF (300 ml), H2O (10 ml) was added and heated under reflux for 15.5 hours. After cooling to room temperature, the solvent was distilled off, and the resulting crude product was dissolved in CHCl3 (200 ml). Hydrochloric acid (1.0 N, 100 ml) was added to separate the organic layer, and CHCl3 (200 ml) was added to the aqueous layer to further separate the organic layer. The aqueous layer was adjusted to a basic pH with NaOH (5.0 g), salted out with NaCl and extracted with CHCl3 (200 ml×2). The combined organic layers were dried over Na2SO4, filtered and concentrated to give the titled compound (colorless oil, 4.588 g).
  • 1H NMR (200 MHz, CDCl3) δ ppm: 1.36 (t, J=7.3 Hz, 3H), 1.49 (d, J=6.6 Hz, 3H), 3.90-4.29 (m, 3H), 6.80 (s, 1H)
  • 1-[2-(4-Chlorophenoxy)-3-ethyl-3H-imidazol-4-yl]-ethylamine
  • Figure US20090182144A1-20090716-C00080
  • (4) Into a pressure-resistant screw-capped test tube, the compound obtained in Example 9-(3) (120 mg), 4-chlorophenol (133 mg), Cs2CO3 (563 mg) and DMPU (0.69 ml) were introduced and stirred at 200° C. for 3 hours and then at 250° C. for 1.5 hours. After cooling to room temperature, MeOH/CHCl3 (MeOH/CHCl3=20%, 5 ml) was added and the reaction mixture was purified (NH-type SiO2, MeOH/CHCl3=1/4, 5 ml) to give a brown oil, which was then purified by column chromatography (neutral OH-type SiO2, AcOEt, MeOH/CHCl3=0% to 20%) to give the titled compound (58 mg, brown oil).
  • 1H NMR (200 MHz, CDCl3) δ ppm: 1.36 (t, J=7.0 Hz, 3H), 1.50 (d, J=6.6 Hz, 3H), 3.79-4.12 (m, 3H), 6.55 (d, J=0.9 Hz, 1H), 7.12-7.36 (m, 4H)
  • 3,4-Dichloro-N-{1-[3-ethyl-2-(4-chlorophenoxy)-3H-imidazol-4-yl]-ethyl}-benzenesulfonamide (Compound 189)
  • Figure US20090182144A1-20090716-C00081
  • (5) Starting from the compound obtained in Example 9-(4) (55 mg), the same procedure as used in Example 1-(6) was repeated to give the titled compound (Compound 189) (53 mg) as a colorless powder.
  • 1H NMR (600 MHz, CDCl3) δ ppm: 1.35 (t, J=7.1 Hz, 3H), 1.37 (d, J=6.9 Hz, 3H), 3.87-4.05 (m, 2H), 4.58-4.70 (m, 1H), 4.81 (brs, 1H), 6.55 (s, 1H), 7.14-7.22 (m, 2H), 7.34 (d, J=8.7 Hz, 2H), 7.61 (d, J=8.7 Hz, 1H), 7.67-7.75 (m, 1H), 7.94-8.01 (m, 1H)
  • Melting point: 153.0-157.0° C.
  • Example 10 3,4-Dichloro-N-{1-[2-(4-chlorophenoxy)-3-ethyl-3H-imidazol-4-yl]-ethyl}-N-methyl-benzenesulfonamide (Compound 248)
  • Figure US20090182144A1-20090716-C00082
  • To a solution of the compound obtained in Example 9-(5) (36 mg) in DMF (2.0 ml), K2CO3 (21 mg) and MeI (5 μl) were added and stirred at room temperature for 7 hours. Insoluble materials were filtered off, and the filtrate was concentrated. The resulting crude product was purified by column chromatography (NH-type SiO2, MeOH/CHCl3=0% to 2%), followed by recrystallization (AcOEt-hexane) to give the titled compound (Compound 248) (30 mg, colorless powder).
  • 1H NMR (200 MHz, CDCl3) δ ppm: 1.15 (d, J=7.0 Hz, 3H), 1.39 (t, J=7.3 Hz, 3H), 2.63 (s, 3H), 4.04-4.16 (m, 2H), 5.29 (q, J=7.0 Hz, 1H), 6.59 (s, 1H), 7.16-7.24 (m, 2H), 7.30-7.36 (m, 2H), 7.64 (d, J=8.4 Hz, 1H), 7.69 (dd, J=8.4, 1.8 Hz, 1H), 7.96 (d, J=1.8 Hz, 1H)
  • Melting point: 142.0-144.0° C.
  • Example 11 N-{1-[2-(3-Aminophenoxy)-3-ethyl-3H-imidazol-4-yl]-ethyl}-3,4-dichlorobenzenesulfonamide (Compound 233)
  • Figure US20090182144A1-20090716-C00083
  • 1-(2-Chloro-3-ethyl-3H-imidazol-4-yl)-ethylamine 1.5 trifluoroacetate salt
  • Figure US20090182144A1-20090716-C00084
  • (1) The compound obtained in Example 9-(3) (4.20 g) was dissolved in CHCl3 (48 ml), followed by addition of trifluoroacetic acid (2.8 ml) at 0° C. After warming to room temperature, the reaction mixture was stirred for 1 hour, and then concentrated to give the titled compound (8.262 g, colorless powder).
  • 1H NMR (200 MHz, DMSO-D6) δ ppm: 1.23 (t, J=7.3 Hz, 3H), 1.53 (d, J=6.6 Hz, 3H), 3.77-4.23 (m, 2H), 4.45-4.59 (m, 1H), 7.08 (s, 1H), 8.25 (brs, 3H)
  • Elementary analysis: calcd (C, 34.85%; H, 3.95%; N, 12.19%). found (C, 34.58%; H, 3.85%; N, 12.11%).
  • 3-[5-(1-Aminoethyl)-1-ethyl-1H-imidazol-2-yloxy]-phenylamine
  • Figure US20090182144A1-20090716-C00085
  • (2) Into a pressure-resistant screw-capped test tube, the compound obtained in Example 11-(1) (1.00 g), 3-aminophenol (633 mg), Cs2CO3 (2.83 g) and DMPU (4.0 ml) were introduced and stirred at 250° C. for 2 hours. After cooling to room temperature, CHCl3 and water were added, and the mixture was concentrated. The resulting crude product was purified by column chromatography (neutral OH-type SiO2, MeOH/CHCl3=10% to 20%) to give the titled compound (103 mg, brown oil).
  • 1H NMR (600 MHz, DMSO-D6) δ ppm: 1.19-1.24 (m, 3H), 1.35 (d, J=6.4 Hz, 3H), 3.80-4.00 (m, 3H), 5.19-5.24 (m, 2H), 6.19-6.22 (m, 1H), 6.29-6.33 (m, 2H), 6.43 (d, J=0.9 Hz, 1H), 6.93-6.98 (m, 1H)
  • N-{1-[2-(3-Aminophenoxy)-3-ethyl-3H-imidazol-4-yl]-ethyl}-3,4-dichlorobenzenesulfonamide (Compound 233)
  • Figure US20090182144A1-20090716-C00086
  • (3) To a solution of the compound obtained in Example 11-(2) (97 mg) and Et3N (0.11 mL) in THF (1.0 mL), a solution of 3,4-dichlorobenzenesulfonyl chloride (96.7 mg) in THF (1.0 mL) was added at −78° C. and stirred overnight at room temperature. The reaction mixture was concentrated, and the resulting crude product was purified by silica gel column chromatography (NH-type SiO2, MeOH/CHCl3=2%) to give the titled compound (Compound 233) (150 mg, light-brown amorphous substance).
  • 1H NMR (600 MHz, CDCl3) δ ppm: 1.31 (t, J=7.1 Hz, 3H), 1.36 (d, J=6.9 Hz, 3H), 3.73 (brs, 2H), 3.84-3.95 (m, 2H), 4.59-4.65 (m, 1H), 5.03 (d, J=8.3 Hz, 1H), 6.45-6.49 (m, 1H), 6.49 (s, 1H), 6.51-6.56 (m, 2H), 7.09-7.14 (m, 1H), 7.57 (d, J=8.3 Hz, 1H), 7.63-7.66 (m, 1H), 7.96 (d, J=2.3 Hz, 1H)
  • Example 12 3,4-Dichloro-N-{1-[3-ethyl-2-(3-methanesulfonylaminophenoxy)-3H-imidazol-4-yl]-ethyl}-benzenesulfonamide (Compound 234)
  • Figure US20090182144A1-20090716-C00087
  • To a solution of the compound obtained in Example 11-(3) (37 mg) in pyridine (0.37 ml), methanesulfonyl chloride (0.01 ml) was added at room temperature and stirred at room temperature for 5 hours. After addition of water, the reaction mixture was concentrated, and the resulting crude product was purified by column chromatography (NH-type SiO2, MeOH/CHCl3=5% to 10%) to give the titled compound (33 mg, colorless amorphous substance).
  • 1H NMR (600 MHz, CDCl3) δ ppm: 1.31-1.39 (m, 6H), 2.97 (s, 3H), 3.90-3.97 (m, 2H), 4.59-4.67 (m, 1H), 5.06 (d, J=8.3 Hz, 1H), 6.56 (s, 1H), 6.91-6.97 (m, 2H), 7.04 (s, 1H), 7.24-7.29 (m, 1H), 7.62 (d, J=8.3 Hz, 1H), 7.70 (d, J=8.7 Hz, 1H), 7.87 (s, 1H), 7.97 (d, J=1.4 Hz, 1H)
  • Example 13 3,4-Dichloro-N-{1-[3-ethyl-2-(3-pyrrol-1-yl-phenoxy)-3H-imidazol-4-yl]-ethyl}-benzenesulfonamide (Compound 249)
  • Figure US20090182144A1-20090716-C00088
  • To a solution of the compound obtained in Example 11-(3) (40 mg) in AcOH (300 μl), 2,5-dimethoxy-tetrahydrofuran (20.3 μl) was added and stirred at 130° C. for 1 hour. The reaction mixture was cooled to room temperature and concentrated under reduced pressure. The resulting crude product was purified by column chromatography (neutral OH-type SiO2, MeOH/CHCl3=0% to 2%) and further purified by column chromatography (NH-type SiO2, AcOEt) to give the titled compound (Compound 249) (19 mg, colorless powdery compound).
  • 1H NMR (600 MHz, CDCl3) δ ppm: 1.36 (t, J=7.3 Hz, 3H), 1.40 (d, J=6.9 Hz, 3H), 3.91-4.00 (m, 2H), 4.52-4.57 (m, 1H), 4.63-4.69 (m, 1H), 6.32-6.34 (m, 1H), 6.57 (s, 1H), 7.04-7.73 (m, 9H), 7.95-7.99 (m, 1H)
  • Example 14 3,4-Dichloro-N-[1-(3-ethyl-2-p-tolylsulfanyl-3H-imidazol-4-yl)-ethyl]-benzenesulfonamide (Compound 241)
  • Figure US20090182144A1-20090716-C00089
  • 3-Ethyl-2-p-toluylsulfanyl-3H-imidazole-4-carbaldehyde
  • Figure US20090182144A1-20090716-C00090
  • (1) Into a pressure-resistant screw-capped test tube, the compound obtained in Example 7-(1) (500 mg), DMF (2.0 ml), 4-methylbenzenethiol (803 mg) and Cs2CO3 (3.08 g) were introduced and stirred at 150° C. for 2 hours and then at 170° C. for 2 hours. After cooling to room temperature, the reaction mixture was diluted with saturated aqueous NH4Cl and extracted with AcOEt. The organic layer was washed with saturated aqueous sodium chloride, dried over MgSO4, filtered and concentrated. The resulting crude product was purified by column chromatography (OH-type acidic SiO2, AcOEt/hexane=0% to 20%) to give the titled compound (571 mg, yellow solid).
  • 1H NMR (600 MHz, CDCl3) δ ppm: 1.31 (t, J=7.1 Hz, 3H), 2.35 (s, 3H), 4.39-4.48 (m, 2H), 7.06-7.29 (m, 2H), 7.36-7.43 (m, 2H), 7.75 (s, 1H), 9.62 (s, 1H)
  • 1-(3-Ethyl-2-p-toluylsulfanyl-3H-imidazol-4-yl)-ethanol
  • Figure US20090182144A1-20090716-C00091
  • (2) To a solution of the compound obtained in Example 14-(1) (571 mg) in THF (5.0 ml), MeMgBr (1.55 ml, 3.0 M in Et2O) was added at room temperature under an argon atmosphere and stirred for 5 hours. The reaction mixture was diluted with saturated aqueous NH4Cl, extracted with AcOEt, dried over MgSO4, filtered and concentrated. The resulting crude product was purified by column chromatography (OH-type neutral SiO2, AcOEt/hexane=20% to 99%) to give the titled compound (490 mg, colorless oil).
  • 1H NMR (600 MHz, CDCl3) δ ppm: 1.25 (t, J=7.8 Hz, 3H), 1.65 (d, J=6.9 Hz, 3H), 2.29 (s, 3H), 4.07-4.28 (m, 2H), 4.79-4.89 (m, 1H), 7.05-7.12 (m, 3H), 7.14-7.21 (m, 2H)
  • 5-(1-Azidoethyl)-1-ethyl-2-p-toluylsulfanyl-1H-imidazole
  • Figure US20090182144A1-20090716-C00092
  • (3) Starting from the compound obtained in Example 14-(2) (490 mg), the same procedure as used in Example 1-(4) was repeated to give the titled compound (colorless oil, 360 mg).
  • 1H NMR (600 MHz, CDCl3) δ ppm: 1.25 (t, J=7.3 Hz, 3H), 1.70 (d, J=6.9 Hz, 3H), 2.29 (s, 3H), 4.02-4.18 (m, 2H), 4.32-4.40 (m, 1H), 7.08 (d, J=8.7 Hz, 2H), 7.13-7.20 (m, 3H)
  • 3,4-Dichloro-N-[1-(3-ethyl-2-p-tolylsulfanyl-3H-imidazol-4-yl)-ethyl]-benzenesulfonamide (Compound 241)
  • Figure US20090182144A1-20090716-C00093
  • (4) To a solution of the compound obtained in Example 14-(3) (360 mg) and PPh3 (657 mg) in THF (4.0 ml), H2O (0.44 ml) was added and heated under reflux for 4.5 hours. After cooling to room temperature, the solvent was distilled off and the resulting crude product was purified by column chromatography (OH-type neutral SiO2, AcOEt/hexane=0% to 60%) to give a colorless oil (284 mg), which was then dissolved in THF (2.0 ml). To this solution, Et3N (0.30 ml) and 3,4-dichlorobenzenesulfonyl chloride (316 mg) were added at room temperature and stirred at room temperature for 12 hours. After addition of AcOEt, the organic layer was washed sequentially with 1 N aqueous hydrochloric acid and brine, dried over anhydrous magnesium sulfate, filtered and evaporated under reduced pressure to remove the solvent. The resulting crude product was purified by NH-type silica gel column chromatography (elution solvent: AcOEt), followed by recrystallization (AcOEt-hexane) to give the titled compound (Compound 241) (267 mg, colorless powder).
  • 1H NMR (600 MHz, CDCl3) δ ppm: 1.20 (t, J=7.3 Hz, 2H), 1.37 (d, J=6.9 Hz, 3H), 2.30 (s, 3H), 4.00-4.20 (m, 2H), 4.59-4.71 (m, 1H), 5.27 (d, J=8.3 Hz, 1H), 6.89 (s, 1H), 7.07-7.12 (m, 2H), 7.16-7.21 (m, 2H), 7.53 (d, J=8.3 Hz, 1H), 7.64 (dd, J=8.3, 2.3 Hz, 1H), 7.95 (d, J=2.3 Hz, 1H)
  • Melting point: 173.0-174.0° C.
  • Example 15 3,4-Dichloro-N-{1-[3-ethyl-2-(toluene-4-sulfonyl)-3H-imidazol-4-yl]-ethyl}-benzenesulfonamide (Compound 252)
  • Figure US20090182144A1-20090716-C00094
  • To a solution of the compound obtained in Example 14-(4) (100 mg) in chloroform (2.0 ml), m-chloroperbenzoic acid (611 mg) was added and stirred overnight at room temperature. M-Chloroperbenzoic acid (410 mg) was further added and stirred at room temperature for an additional 3 hours. After addition of AcOEt, the organic layer was washed sequentially with 5% aqueous Na2S2O3 and saturated aqueous sodium bicarbonate, dried over MgSO4, filtered and evaporated to remove the solvent. The resulting crude product was purified by column chromatography (neutral OH-type SiO2, AcOEt/hexane=0% to 30%) and further purified by column chromatography (NH-type SiO2, AcOEt/hexane=0% to 99%), followed by recrystallization (AcOEt/hexane) to give the titled compound (Compound 252) (13 mg, colorless powdery compound).
  • 1H NMR (600 MHz, CDCl3) δ ppm: 1.38-1.43 (m, 6H), 2.45 (s, 3H), 4.32-4.53 (m, 2H), 4.62-4.70 (m, 1H), 6.84 (s, 1H), 7.35-7.39 (m, 2H), 7.52-7.56 (m, 1H), 7.59-7.63 (m, 1H), 7.89-7.94 (m, 3H)
  • Melting point: 180.0-183.0° C.
  • Example 16 3,4-Dichloro-N-{1-[3-ethyl-2-(1H-indol-6-yloxy)-3H-imidazol-4-yl]-ethyl}-benzenesulfonamide (Compound 250)
  • Figure US20090182144A1-20090716-C00095
  • 1-[3-Ethyl-2-(1H-indol-6-yloxy)-3H-imidazol-4-yl]-ethylamine
  • Figure US20090182144A1-20090716-C00096
  • (1) Into a pressure-resistant screw-capped test tube, the compound obtained in Example 11-(1) (500 mg), 1H-indol-6-ol (405 mg), CS2CO3 (1.42 g) and DMPU (2.0 ml) were introduced and stirred at 250° C. for 2.5 hours. After cooling to room temperature, MeOH/CHCl3 (MeOH/CHCl3=1/4) was added and insoluble materials were filtered off. The filtrate was concentrated, and the resulting crude product was purified by column chromatography (NH-type SiO2, MeOH/CHCl3=0% to 2%) and further purified by column chromatography (neutral OH-type SiO2, MeOH/CHCl3=20% to 50%) to give the titled compound (146 mg, brown oil).
  • 1H NMR (600 MHz, CDCl3) δ ppm: 1.40 (t, J=7.1 Hz, 3H), 1.49 (d, J=6.4 Hz, 3H), 3.97-4.12 (m, 3H), 6.46-6.49 (m, 1H), 6.54 (s, 1H), 6.96 (dd, J=8.5, 2.1 Hz, 1H), 7.11-7.14 (m, 1H), 7.30-7.34 (m, 1H), 7.56 (d, J=8.7 Hz, 1H), 8.42 (brs, 1H)
  • 3,4-Dichloro-N-{1-[3-ethyl-2-(1H-indol-6-yloxy)-3H-imidazol-4-yl]-ethyl}-benzenesulfonamide (Compound 250)
  • Figure US20090182144A1-20090716-C00097
  • (2) To a solution of the compound obtained in Example 16-(1) (36 mg) and Et3N (37.1 μl) in THF (0.5 ml), a solution of 3,4-dichlorobenzenesulfonyl chloride (20.8 μl) in THF (0.5 ml) was added at −78° C. The reaction mixture was warmed to room temperature and stirred overnight. The reaction mixture was concentrated, and the resulting crude product was purified by column chromatography (NH-type SiO2, MeOH/CHCl3=2% to 5%), followed by recrystallization (AcOEt-hexane) to give the titled compound (Compound 250) (19 mg, colorless powder).
  • 1H NMR (600 MHz, CDCl3) δ ppm: 1.33-1.40 (m, 6H), 3.90-4.01 (m, 2H), 4.61-4.72 (m, 2H), 6.49 (s, 1H), 6.51-6.53 (m, 1H), 6.95 (dd, J=8.5, 2.1 Hz, 1H), 7.16-7.19 (m, 1H), 7.32 (d, J=2.3 Hz, 1H), 7.57-7.61 (m, 2H), 7.65-7.69 (m, 1H), 7.97 (d, J=2.3 Hz, 1H), 8.28 (brs, 1H)
  • Melting point: 150.5-153.5° C.
  • Example 17 3,4-Dichloro-N-(1-{3-ethyl-2-[3-(4-methylpiperazin-1-yl)-phenoxy]-3H-imidazol-4-yl}-ethyl)-benzenesulfonamide (Compound 184)
  • Figure US20090182144A1-20090716-C00098
  • 1-{3-Ethyl-2-[3-(4-methylpiperazin-1-yl)-phenoxy]-3H-imidazol-4-yl}-ethanone
  • Figure US20090182144A1-20090716-C00099
  • (1) A mixture of 2-chloro-1-ethyl-1H-imidazole obtained in Example 5-(2) (1.0 g), 3-(4-methylpiperazin-1-yl)-phenol (1.67 g), Cs2CO3 (3.78 g) and DMPU (3.0 ml) was stirred at 200° C. for 1 hour. After cooling to room temperature, AcOEt was added and insoluble materials were filtered off. The filtrate was concentrated, and the resulting crude product was purified by column chromatography (OH-type neutral SiO2, AcOEt/hexane=0% to 99%) to give the titled compound (1.88 g, yellow oil).
  • 1H NMR (600 MHz, CDCl3) δ ppm: 1.36 (t, J=7.1 Hz, 3H), 2.35 (s, 3H), 2.41 (s, 3H), 2.53-2.58 (m, 4H), 3.19-3.28 (m, 4H), 4.31-4.40 (m, 2H), 6.63-6.71 (m, 1H), 6.74-6.81 (m, 2H), 7.21-7.31 (m, 1H), 7.49 (s, 1H)
  • 1-{3-Ethyl-2-[3-(4-methylpiperazin-1-yl)-phenoxy]-3H-imidazol-4-yl}-ethanol
  • Figure US20090182144A1-20090716-C00100
  • (2) To a solution of the compound obtained in Example 17-(1) (1.87 g) in MeOH (10.0 ml), NaBH4 (325 mg) was added at 0° C. and stirred at the same temperature for 2 hours. The reaction mixture was diluted with saturated aqueous NH4Cl and extracted with AcOEt. After washing with brine, the organic layer was dried over MgSO4, filtered and then evaporated to remove the solvent. The resulting crude product was purified by column chromatography (OH-type neutral SiO2, AcOEt/hexane=0% to 99%, MeOH/CHCl3=0% to 3%) to give the titled compound (1.40 g, yellow oil).
  • 1H NMR (600 MHz, CDCl3) δ ppm: 1.37 (t, J=7.3 Hz, 3H), 1.62 (d, J=6.4 Hz, 3H), 2.34 (s, 3H), 2.52-2.59 (m, 4H), 3.18-3.24 (m, 4H), 3.92-4.11 (m, 2H), 4.77-4.85 (m, 1H), 6.61-6.67 (m, 2H), 6.69-6.73 (m, 1H), 6.76-6.79 (m, 1H), 7.18-7.23 (m, 1H)
  • 1-{3-[5-(1-Azidoethyl)-1-ethyl-1H-imidazol-2-yloxy]-phenyl}-4-methylpiperazine
  • Figure US20090182144A1-20090716-C00101
  • (3) To a solution of the compound obtained in Example 17-(2) (408 mg) in toluene (6.0 ml), DPPA (1.48 ml) and DBU (368 μl) were added at 0° C. and stirred at room temperature for 16 hours. After addition of CHCl3, the reaction mixture was purified by column chromatography (OH-type neutral SiO2, MeOH/CHCl3=5% to 10%) to give the titled compound (332 mg, light-brown oil).
  • 1H NMR (600 MHz, CDCl3) δ ppm: 1.37 (t, J=7. Hz, 3H), 1.68 (d, J=6.9 Hz, 3H), 2.34 (s, 3.H), 2.52-2.61 (m, 4H), 3.18-3.25 (m, 4H), 3.86-4.04 (m, 2H), 4.30-4.37 (m, 1H), 6.64-6.67 (m, 1H), 6.70-6.73 (m, 2H), 6.74-6.76 (m, 1H), 7.19-7.24 (m, 1H)
  • 1-(3-Ethyl-2-[3-(4-methylpiperazin-1-yl)-phenoxy]-3H-imidazol-4-yl)-ethylamine
  • Figure US20090182144A1-20090716-C00102
  • (4) A mixture of the compound obtained in Example 17-(3) (322 mg) and palladium-activated carbon (32 mg, Pd 10 wt. %) in MeOH (6.5 ml) was stirred under a hydrogen atmosphere (about 1 atm) at room temperature for 14 hours. The reaction mixture was filtered through celite, and the filtrate was concentrated. The resulting crude product was purified by column chromatography (NH-type silica gel, MeOH/CHCl3=0% to 2%) to give the titled compound (190 mg, colorless oil).
  • 1H NMR (600 MHz, CDCl3) δ ppm: 1.36 (t, J=7.1 Hz, 3H), 1.49 (d, J=6.4 Hz, 3H), 2.35 (s, 3H), 2.53-2.60 (m, 4H), 3.19-3.25 (m, 4H), 3.90-4.11 (m, 3H), 6.55-6.56 (m, 1H), 6.63-6.71 (m, 2H), 6.76-6.79 (m, 1H), 7.15-7.25 (m, 1H)
  • 3,4-Dichloro-N-(1-{3-ethyl-2-[3-(4-methylpiperazin-1-yl)-phenoxy]-3H-imidazol-4-yl}-ethyl)-benzenesulfonamide (Compound 184)
  • Figure US20090182144A1-20090716-C00103
  • (5) To a solution of the compound obtained in Example 17-(4) (60 mg) in THF (3.0 ml), Et3N (50 μl) and 3,4-dichlorobenzenesulfonyl chloride (30 mg) were added at room temperature and stirred at room temperature for 3 hours. The reaction mixture was concentrated, and the resulting crude product was purified by column chromatography (neutral OH-type SiO2, AcOEt/hexane=50% to 99%, MeOH/CHCl3=0% to 5%) and further purified by column chromatography (NH-type SiO2, AcOEt/hexane=50% to 99%, MeOH/CHCl3=0% to 2%), followed by recrystallization (AcOEt-hexane) to give the titled compound (Compound 184) (65 mg, colorless powder).
  • 1H NMR (600 MHz, CDCl3) δ ppm: 1.33 (t, J=7.1 Hz, 3H), 1.37 (d, J=6.9 Hz, 3H), 2.36 (s, 3H), 2.50-2.65 (m, 4H), 3.18-3.30 (m, 4H), 3.83-4.00 (m, 2H), 4.58-4.69 (m, 1H), (m, 1H), 6.48-6.55 (m, 1H), 6.60-6.66 (m, 1H), (m, 2H), 7.18-7.25 (m, 1H), 7.56-7.62 (m, 1H), (m, 1H), 7.97 (s, 1H)
  • Melting point: 164.5-165.5° C.
  • Starting from corresponding starting materials, the same procedures as shown in Examples 1 to 17 were repeated, followed by salt formation as needed to obtain the compounds shown in Table 1 below.
  • The compounds obtained in the above examples are also shown in Table 1, along with other compounds.
  • In Table 1, some compounds have two data values for each of APCI MS (M−H)− and APCI MS (M+H)+. This is because two peaks were detected due to the presence of chlorine or bromine isotopes.
  • Test Example 1 S1P1 Binding Inhibition Test
  • Using a human Edg-1 (S1P1) gene transferred HEK-293 cell strain membrane fraction, the Edg-1 (S1P1) binding inhibiting action of the compounds of the present invention was determined in accordance with the method described in the literature (Science. 2002, 296: 346) (showing a binding of Kd=0.15 nM, Bmax=2.5 fmol/μg to [33P]-S1P). The membrane fraction was obtained by treating the cells with a solubilizing buffer (1 mM Tris/HCl, pH 7.2) for 10 minutes on ice, centrifuging at 1000×g for 5 minutes to remove insoluble fractions, and then centrifuging at 40000×g for 30 minutes at 4° C. The resulting membrane fraction was dissolved in a binding buffer (20 mM Tris-HCl, pH 7.4, 100 mM NaCl, 15 mM NaF, 2 mM deoxypyridoxine, 4 mg/mL fatty acid-free BSA), and then [33P]-S1P (manufactured by ARC, final concentration 0.1 nM) and a DMSO solution (final concentration of the compound 10−5 M, final concentration of DMSO 0.1%) of the test compound were added. Thereafter, the mixture was stirred and then treated for one hour at 30° C. Using a harvester, the membrane fraction was harvested onto unifilter-96 GF/C filter (manufactured by Perkin Elmer), washing was carried out four times with the binding buffer, and the filter was dried. Twenty five μL Microscint 0 (manufactured by Perkin Elmer) was added, and radioactivity was measured using Top Count NXT (manufactured by Packard) to calculate the amount (A) of [33P]-S1P bound to the membrane fraction at the time when the compound was added.
  • The same procedure was carried out in the absence of the test compound, and the amount (B) of [33P]-S1P bound was calculated. Further, the same procedure was carried out in the absence of the test compound by use of HEK-293 cells to which no Edg-1 (S1P1) gene was introduced, and the background amount (C) of [33P]-S1P bound was calculated.
  • The Edg-1 (S1P1) binding inhibition rates of the compound calculated using the following equation are shown in Table 1.

  • Inhibition rate (%)=[1−(A−C)/(B−C)]×100.
  • Moreover, the concentration required for a test compound to produce 50% inhibition of the binding caused in the absence of the test compound was also calculated (IC50). The above membrane system binding test was performed in the presence of a test compound at various concentrations to calculate the inhibition rate of Edg-1(S1P1) binding at each concentration according to the above equation, followed by calculating an IC50 value for each compound with data analysis software, Origin (Lightstone Corp., Japan).
  • The results indicated that the compounds listed below had IC50 values of 70 nM or less and showed particularly strong activity:
  • Compounds 186, 189, 194, 214, 229 and 236.
  • Moreover, the compounds listed below had IC50 values of 35 nM or less and showed stronger activity:
  • Compounds 187 and 234.
  • The compounds listed below had IC50 values of 15 nM or less and showed much stronger activity:
  • Compounds 208, 246 and 247.
  • Detailed IC50 data are shown below for individual compounds (unit: nM):
  • Compound 184: 14.3; Compound 185: 3.7; Compound 190: 10.9; Compound 192: 23.0: Compound 195: 20.0; Compound 198: 10.3; Compound 200: 17.0; Compound 203: 23.5; Compound 207: 18.2; Compound 209: 42.0; Compound 213: 49.0; Compound 235: 58.5; Compound 244: 32.5; Compound 250: 20.5; and Compound 253: 27.5.
  • TABLE 1-1
    Compound APCI MS APCI MS Binding test (membrane)
    No. Chemical structure (M − H) (M + H)+ % inhibition (10 μM)
    Compound 1
    Figure US20090182144A1-20090716-C00104
    462 464
    Compound 2
    Figure US20090182144A1-20090716-C00105
    441 443
    Compound 3
    Figure US20090182144A1-20090716-C00106
    426 428 96.7
    Compound 4
    Figure US20090182144A1-20090716-C00107
    384 386 72.8
    Compound 5
    Figure US20090182144A1-20090716-C00108
    462, 464 464, 466 105.8
    Compound 6
    Figure US20090182144A1-20090716-C00109
    440 442 54.7
    Compound 7
    Figure US20090182144A1-20090716-C00110
    462, 464 464, 466 63.3
  • TABLE 1-2
    Compound APCI MS APCI MS Binding test (membrane)
    No. Chemical structure (M − H) (M + H)+ % inhibition (10 μM)
    Compound  8
    Figure US20090182144A1-20090716-C00111
    456 458
    Compound  9
    Figure US20090182144A1-20090716-C00112
    462, 464 464, 466 112.7
    Compound 10
    Figure US20090182144A1-20090716-C00113
    546, 548 548, 550 68.6
    Compound 11
    Figure US20090182144A1-20090716-C00114
    418 420 102.7
    Compound 12
    Figure US20090182144A1-20090716-C00115
    460 462 68.1
    Compound 13
    Figure US20090182144A1-20090716-C00116
    409 411 64.4
    Compound 14
    Figure US20090182144A1-20090716-C00117
    488 490 76.5
  • TABLE 1-3
    Compound APCI MS APCI MS Binding test (membrane)
    No. Chemical structure (M − H) (M + H)+ % inhibition (10 μM)
    Compound 15
    Figure US20090182144A1-20090716-C00118
    432 434 108.2
    Compound 16
    Figure US20090182144A1-20090716-C00119
    446 448 109.1
    Compound 17
    Figure US20090182144A1-20090716-C00120
    452 454 80.0
    Compound 18
    Figure US20090182144A1-20090716-C00121
    452 454 72.8
    Compound 19
    Figure US20090182144A1-20090716-C00122
    444 446 87.3
    Compound 20
    Figure US20090182144A1-20090716-C00123
    336 338
    Compound 21
    Figure US20090182144A1-20090716-C00124
    412 414 66.8
  • TABLE 1-4
    Compound APCI MS APCI MS Binding test (membrane)
    No. Chemical structure (M − H) (M + H)+ % inhibition (10 μM)
    Compound 22
    Figure US20090182144A1-20090716-C00125
    402 404 92.1
    Compound 23
    Figure US20090182144A1-20090716-C00126
    414 416 98.6
    Compound 24
    Figure US20090182144A1-20090716-C00127
    322 324
    Compound 25
    Figure US20090182144A1-20090716-C00128
    462 464 62.0
    Compound 26
    Figure US20090182144A1-20090716-C00129
    462 464
    Compound 27
    Figure US20090182144A1-20090716-C00130
    434 436 68.5
    Compound 28
    Figure US20090182144A1-20090716-C00131
    434 436 114.1
  • TABLE 1-5
    Compound APCI MS APCI MS Binding test (membrane)
    No. Chemical structure (M − H) (M + H)+ % inhibition (10 μM)
    Compound 29
    Figure US20090182144A1-20090716-C00132
    462 464 52.5
    Compound 30
    Figure US20090182144A1-20090716-C00133
    474 476 75.8
    Compound 31
    Figure US20090182144A1-20090716-C00134
    510 512 93.3
    Compound 32
    Figure US20090182144A1-20090716-C00135
    410 412 93.5
    Compound 33
    Figure US20090182144A1-20090716-C00136
    486, 488 488, 490 114.6
    Compound 34
    Figure US20090182144A1-20090716-C00137
    510 512
    Compound 35
    Figure US20090182144A1-20090716-C00138
    398 400 98.1
  • TABLE 1-6
    Compound APCI MS APCI MS Binding test (membrane)
    No. Chemical structure (M − H) (M + H)+ % inhibition (10 μM)
    Compound 36
    Figure US20090182144A1-20090716-C00139
    398 400
    Compound 37
    Figure US20090182144A1-20090716-C00140
    452 454 98.5
    Compound 38
    Figure US20090182144A1-20090716-C00141
    398 400 79.8
    Compound 39
    Figure US20090182144A1-20090716-C00142
    468 470 64.8
    Compound 40
    Figure US20090182144A1-20090716-C00143
    410 412 81.2
    Compound 41
    Figure US20090182144A1-20090716-C00144
    398 400 82.3
    Compound 42
    Figure US20090182144A1-20090716-C00145
    525 527
  • TABLE 1-7
    Compound APCI MS APCI MS Binding test (membrane)
    No. Chemical structure (M − H) (M + H)+ % inhibition (10 μM)
    Compound 43
    Figure US20090182144A1-20090716-C00146
    535 537
    Compound 44
    Figure US20090182144A1-20090716-C00147
    452 454 93.5
    Compound 45
    Figure US20090182144A1-20090716-C00148
    412 414 85.8
    Compound 46
    Figure US20090182144A1-20090716-C00149
    474 476 58.8
    Compound 47
    Figure US20090182144A1-20090716-C00150
    530 532
    Compound 48
    Figure US20090182144A1-20090716-C00151
    436 438
    Compound 49
    Figure US20090182144A1-20090716-C00152
    403 405
  • TABLE 1-8
    Compound APCI MS APCI MS Binding test (membrane)
    No. Chemical structure (M − H) (M + H)+ % inhibition (10 μM)
    Compound 50
    Figure US20090182144A1-20090716-C00153
    460 462
    Compound 51
    Figure US20090182144A1-20090716-C00154
    445 447 93.7
    Compound 52
    Figure US20090182144A1-20090716-C00155
    416 418
    Compound 53
    Figure US20090182144A1-20090716-C00156
    442 444
    Compound 54
    Figure US20090182144A1-20090716-C00157
    452 454
    Compound 55
    Figure US20090182144A1-20090716-C00158
    460 462
    Compound 56
    Figure US20090182144A1-20090716-C00159
    426 428 57.3
  • TABLE 1-9
    Compound APCI MS APCI MS Binding test (membrane)
    No. Chemical structure (M − H) (M + H)+ % inhibition (10 μM)
    Compound 57
    Figure US20090182144A1-20090716-C00160
    486, 488 488, 490 103.1
    Compound 58
    Figure US20090182144A1-20090716-C00161
    440 442 66.4
    Compound 59
    Figure US20090182144A1-20090716-C00162
    452 454 101.3
    Compound 60
    Figure US20090182144A1-20090716-C00163
    432 434 64.5
    Compound 61
    Figure US20090182144A1-20090716-C00164
    418 420
    Compound 62
    Figure US20090182144A1-20090716-C00165
    520 522 85.6
    Compound 63
    Figure US20090182144A1-20090716-C00166
    452 454 95.3
  • TABLE 1-10
    Compound APCI MS APCI MS Binding test (membrane)
    No. Chemical structure (M − H) (M + H)+ % inhibition (10 μM)
    Compound 64
    Figure US20090182144A1-20090716-C00167
    432 434 96.7
    Compound 65
    Figure US20090182144A1-20090716-C00168
    436 438 105.8
    Compound 66
    Figure US20090182144A1-20090716-C00169
    414 416 89.9
    Compound 67
    Figure US20090182144A1-20090716-C00170
    498, 500 500, 502 84.6
    Compound 68
    Figure US20090182144A1-20090716-C00171
    456 458 64.7
    Compound 69
    Figure US20090182144A1-20090716-C00172
    492, 494 494, 496 82.9
    Compound 70
    Figure US20090182144A1-20090716-C00173
    416 418 56.8
  • TABLE 1-11
    Compound APCI MS APCI MS Binding test (membrane)
    No. Chemical structure (M − H) (M + H)+ % inhibition (10 μM)
    Compound 71
    Figure US20090182144A1-20090716-C00174
    454 456 72.0
    Compound 72
    Figure US20090182144A1-20090716-C00175
    540, 542 542, 544 90.1
    Compound 73
    Figure US20090182144A1-20090716-C00176
    428 430 74.3
    Compound 74
    Figure US20090182144A1-20090716-C00177
    452 454 101.3
    Compound 75
    Figure US20090182144A1-20090716-C00178
    468 470
    Compound 76
    Figure US20090182144A1-20090716-C00179
    409 411 89.3
    Compound 77
    Figure US20090182144A1-20090716-C00180
    476 478
  • TABLE 1-12
    Compound APCI MS APCI MS Binding test (membrane)
    No. Chemical structure (M − H) (M + H)+ % inhibition (10 μM)
    Compound 78
    Figure US20090182144A1-20090716-C00181
    486, 488 488, 490 66.7
    Compound 79
    Figure US20090182144A1-20090716-C00182
    452 454 90.1
    Compound 80
    Figure US20090182144A1-20090716-C00183
    420 422 61.2
    Compound 81
    Figure US20090182144A1-20090716-C00184
    444 446 83.1
    Compound 82
    Figure US20090182144A1-20090716-C00185
    436 438 64.2
    Compound 83
    Figure US20090182144A1-20090716-C00186
    402 404
    Compound 84
    Figure US20090182144A1-20090716-C00187
    418 420 72.4
  • TABLE 1-13
    Compound APCI MS APCI MS Binding test (membrane)
    No. Chemical structure (M − H) (M + H)+ % inhibition (10 μM)
    Compound 85
    Figure US20090182144A1-20090716-C00188
    426 428
    Compound 86
    Figure US20090182144A1-20090716-C00189
    450 452 74.4
    Compound 87
    Figure US20090182144A1-20090716-C00190
    490, 492 492, 494 65.6
    Compound 88
    Figure US20090182144A1-20090716-C00191
    476, 478 478, 480 74.2
    Compound 89
    Figure US20090182144A1-20090716-C00192
    443 445 71.8
    Compound 90
    Figure US20090182144A1-20090716-C00193
    438 440 78.6
    Compound 91
    Figure US20090182144A1-20090716-C00194
    420 422
  • TABLE 1-14
    Compound APCI MS APCI MS Binding test (membrane)
    No. Chemical structure (M − H) (M + H)+ % inhibition (10 μM)
    Compound  92
    Figure US20090182144A1-20090716-C00195
    520 522
    Compound  93
    Figure US20090182144A1-20090716-C00196
    454 456 75.2
    Compound  94
    Figure US20090182144A1-20090716-C00197
    420 422 86.5
    Compound  95
    Figure US20090182144A1-20090716-C00198
    480, 482 482, 484 80.1
    Compound  96
    Figure US20090182144A1-20090716-C00199
    454 456 80.4
    Compound  97
    Figure US20090182144A1-20090716-C00200
    498, 500 500, 502 90.8
    Compound  98
    Figure US20090182144A1-20090716-C00201
    454 456 88.7
  • TABLE 1-15
    Compound APCI MS APCI MS Binding test (membrane)
    No. Chemical structure (M − H) (M + H)+ % inhibition (10 μM)
    Compound  99
    Figure US20090182144A1-20090716-C00202
    466 468
    Compound 100
    Figure US20090182144A1-20090716-C00203
    488 490
    Compound 101
    Figure US20090182144A1-20090716-C00204
    466 468 106.9
    Compound 102
    Figure US20090182144A1-20090716-C00205
    576, 578 578, 580 78.2
    Compound 103
    Figure US20090182144A1-20090716-C00206
    420 422 53.0
    Compound 104
    Figure US20090182144A1-20090716-C00207
    486 488 70.9
    Compound 105
    Figure US20090182144A1-20090716-C00208
    402 404 84.2
  • TABLE 1-16
    Compound APCI MS APCI MS Binding test (membrane)
    No. Chemical structure (M − H) (M + H)+ % inhibition (10 μM)
    Compound 106
    Figure US20090182144A1-20090716-C00209
    475 477
    Compound 107
    Figure US20090182144A1-20090716-C00210
    448 450 79.8
    Compound 108
    Figure US20090182144A1-20090716-C00211
    466 468 81.3
    Compound 109
    Figure US20090182144A1-20090716-C00212
    438 440 81.3
    Compound 110
    Figure US20090182144A1-20090716-C00213
    540, 542 542, 544 86.4
    Compound 111
    Figure US20090182144A1-20090716-C00214
    457 459 59.6
    Compound 112
    Figure US20090182144A1-20090716-C00215
    432 434
  • TABLE 1-17
    Compound APCI MS APCI MS Binding test (membrane)
    No. Chemical structure (M − H) (M + H)+ % inhibition (10 μM)
    Compound 113
    Figure US20090182144A1-20090716-C00216
    540, 542 542, 544 77.8
    Compound 114
    Figure US20090182144A1-20090716-C00217
    427 429 96.8
    Compound 115
    Figure US20090182144A1-20090716-C00218
    412 414 92.9
    Compound 116
    Figure US20090182144A1-20090716-C00219
    450 452 78.2
    Compound 117
    Figure US20090182144A1-20090716-C00220
    450 452 87.3
    Compound 118
    Figure US20090182144A1-20090716-C00221
    498, 500 500, 502 62.5
    Compound 119
    Figure US20090182144A1-20090716-C00222
    420 422 91.1
  • TABLE 1-18
    Compound APCI MS APCI MS Binding test (membrane)
    No. Chemical structure (M − H) (M + H)+ % inhibition (10 μM)
    Compound 120
    Figure US20090182144A1-20090716-C00223
    436 438 81.2
    Compound 121
    Figure US20090182144A1-20090716-C00224
    438 440 101.0
    Compound 122
    Figure US20090182144A1-20090716-C00225
    476, 478 478, 480 100.5
    Compound 123
    Figure US20090182144A1-20090716-C00226
    480, 482 482, 484 70.6
    Compound 124
    Figure US20090182144A1-20090716-C00227
    530, 532 532, 534 65.6
    Compound 125
    Figure US20090182144A1-20090716-C00228
    530, 532 532, 534
    Compound 126
    Figure US20090182144A1-20090716-C00229
    416 418 99.3
  • TABLE 1-19
    Compound APCI MS APCI MS Binding test (membrane)
    No. Chemical structure (M − H) (M + H)+ % inhibition (10 μM)
    Compound 127
    Figure US20090182144A1-20090716-C00230
    416 418 86.4
    Compound 128
    Figure US20090182144A1-20090716-C00231
    436 438 65.6
    Compound 129
    Figure US20090182144A1-20090716-C00232
    480, 482 482, 484 102.0
    Compound 130
    Figure US20090182144A1-20090716-C00233
    496, 498 498, 500 77.5
    Compound 131
    Figure US20090182144A1-20090716-C00234
    530, 532 532, 534
    Compound 132
    Figure US20090182144A1-20090716-C00235
    472 474
    Compound 133
    Figure US20090182144A1-20090716-C00236
    412 414 104.1
  • TABLE 1-20
    Compound APCI MS APCI MS Binding test (membrane)
    No. Chemical structure (M − H) (M + H)+ % inhibition (10 μM)
    Compound 134
    Figure US20090182144A1-20090716-C00237
    416 418 81.0
    Compound 135
    Figure US20090182144A1-20090716-C00238
    436 438 83.4
    Compound 136
    Figure US20090182144A1-20090716-C00239
    470 472
    Compound 137
    Figure US20090182144A1-20090716-C00240
    490 492
    Compound 138
    Figure US20090182144A1-20090716-C00241
    477 479
    Compound 139
    Figure US20090182144A1-20090716-C00242
    399 401
    Compound 140
    Figure US20090182144A1-20090716-C00243
    414 416
  • TABLE 1-21
    Compound APCI MS APCI MS Binding test (membrane)
    No. Chemical structure (M − H) (M + H)+ % inhibition (10 μM)
    Compound 141
    Figure US20090182144A1-20090716-C00244
    404 406
    Compound 142
    Figure US20090182144A1-20090716-C00245
    448 450
    Compound 143
    Figure US20090182144A1-20090716-C00246
    456 458 58.8
    Compound 144
    Figure US20090182144A1-20090716-C00247
    442 444 94.1
    Compound 145
    Figure US20090182144A1-20090716-C00248
    419 421
    Compound 146
    Figure US20090182144A1-20090716-C00249
    442 444 57.8
    Compound 147
    Figure US20090182144A1-20090716-C00250
    442 444 73.2
  • TABLE 1-22
    Compound APCI MS APCI MS Binding test (membrane)
    No. Chemical structure (M − H) (M + H)+ % inhibition (10 μM)
    Compound 148
    Figure US20090182144A1-20090716-C00251
    426 428
    Compound 149
    Figure US20090182144A1-20090716-C00252
    390 392
    Compound 150
    Figure US20090182144A1-20090716-C00253
    457 459
    Compound 151
    Figure US20090182144A1-20090716-C00254
    464 466
    Compound 152
    Figure US20090182144A1-20090716-C00255
    473 475
    Compound 153
    Figure US20090182144A1-20090716-C00256
    538 540
    Compound 154
    Figure US20090182144A1-20090716-C00257
    514 516
  • TABLE 1-23
    Compound APCI MS APCI MS Binding test (membrane)
    No. Chemical structure (M − H) (M + H)+ % inhibition (10 μM)
    Compound 155
    Figure US20090182144A1-20090716-C00258
    418 420
    Compound 156
    Figure US20090182144A1-20090716-C00259
    444 446
    Compound 157
    Figure US20090182144A1-20090716-C00260
    533 535
    Compound 158
    Figure US20090182144A1-20090716-C00261
    486 488 57.0
    Compound 159
    Figure US20090182144A1-20090716-C00262
    512 514
    Compound 160
    Figure US20090182144A1-20090716-C00263
    556 558
    Compound 161
    Figure US20090182144A1-20090716-C00264
    426 428 71.2
  • TABLE 1-24
    Compound APCI MS APCI MS Binding test (membrane)
    No. Chemical structure (M − H) (M + H)+ % inhibition (10 μM)
    Compound 162
    Figure US20090182144A1-20090716-C00265
    452 454 70.2
    Compound 163
    Figure US20090182144A1-20090716-C00266
    485 487
    Compound 164
    Figure US20090182144A1-20090716-C00267
    485 487
    Compound 165
    Figure US20090182144A1-20090716-C00268
    489 491
    Compound 166
    Figure US20090182144A1-20090716-C00269
    442 444 80.7
    Compound 167
    Figure US20090182144A1-20090716-C00270
    456 458
    Compound 168
    Figure US20090182144A1-20090716-C00271
    432 434
  • TABLE 1-25
    Compound APCI MS APCI MS Binding test (membrane)
    No. Chemical structure (M − H) (M + H)+ % inhibition (10 μM)
    Compound 169
    Figure US20090182144A1-20090716-C00272
    435 437 62.0
    Compound 170
    Figure US20090182144A1-20090716-C00273
    520 522
    Compound 171
    Figure US20090182144A1-20090716-C00274
    530, 532 532, 534
    Compound 172
    Figure US20090182144A1-20090716-C00275
    530, 532 532, 534 75.9
    Compound 173
    Figure US20090182144A1-20090716-C00276
    530, 532 532, 534
    Compound 174
    Figure US20090182144A1-20090716-C00277
    385 387
    Compound 175
    Figure US20090182144A1-20090716-C00278
    470 472
  • TABLE 1-26
    Compound APCI MS APCI MS Binding test (membrane)
    No. Chemical structure (M − H) (M + H)+ % inhibition (10 μM)
    Compound 176
    Figure US20090182144A1-20090716-C00279
    534 536
    Compound 177
    Figure US20090182144A1-20090716-C00280
    440 442 77.7
    Compound 178
    Figure US20090182144A1-20090716-C00281
    440 442 64.2
  • TABLE 1-27
    Compound Melting point Binding test (membrane)
    No. Chemical structure (° C.) % inhibition (10 μM)
    Compound 179
    Figure US20090182144A1-20090716-C00282
    133.0-134.5 95.9
    Compound 180
    Figure US20090182144A1-20090716-C00283
    114.0-115.0
    Compound 181
    Figure US20090182144A1-20090716-C00284
    154.5-155.5
    Compound 182
    Figure US20090182144A1-20090716-C00285
    137.5-138.5
    Compound 183
    Figure US20090182144A1-20090716-C00286
    122.5-123.5
    Compound 184
    Figure US20090182144A1-20090716-C00287
    164.5-165.5 95.3
    Compound 185
    Figure US20090182144A1-20090716-C00288
    205.5-206.0 100.3
  • TABLE 1-28
    Compound Melting point Binding test (membrane)
    No. Chemical structure (° C.) % inhibition (10 μM)
    Compound 186
    Figure US20090182144A1-20090716-C00289
    156.0-157.0 99.8
    Compound 187
    Figure US20090182144A1-20090716-C00290
    138.0-141.0 101.3
    Compound 188
    Figure US20090182144A1-20090716-C00291
    119.5-120.5 100.0
    Compound 189
    Figure US20090182144A1-20090716-C00292
    153.0-157.0 97.2
    Compound 190
    Figure US20090182144A1-20090716-C00293
    167.0-169.0 100.6
    Compound 191
    Figure US20090182144A1-20090716-C00294
    137.5-138.5 100.5
    Compound 192
    Figure US20090182144A1-20090716-C00295
    118.0-120.0 101.2
  • TABLE 1-29
    Melting point Binding test (membrane)
    Compound No. Chemical structure (° C.) % inhibition (10 μM)
    Compound 193
    Figure US20090182144A1-20090716-C00296
    114.5-115.5 98.6
    Compound 194
    Figure US20090182144A1-20090716-C00297
    172.5-174.0 93.0
    Compound 195
    Figure US20090182144A1-20090716-C00298
    174.0-175.0 96.1
    Compound 196
    Figure US20090182144A1-20090716-C00299
    123.5-124.0 88.9
    Compound 197
    Figure US20090182144A1-20090716-C00300
    166.0-167.0 95.3
    Compound 198
    Figure US20090182144A1-20090716-C00301
    171.0-172.0 97.8
    Compound 199
    Figure US20090182144A1-20090716-C00302
    145.5-146.5 97.3
  • TABLE 1-30
    Melting point Binding test (membrane)
    Compound No. Chemical structure (° C.) % inhibition (10 μM)
    Compound 200
    Figure US20090182144A1-20090716-C00303
    175.0-176.0 97.1
    Compound 201
    Figure US20090182144A1-20090716-C00304
    157.5-158.0
    Compound 202
    Figure US20090182144A1-20090716-C00305
    171.5-172.5 69.3
    Compound 203
    Figure US20090182144A1-20090716-C00306
    146.5-148.0 102.1
    Compound 204
    Figure US20090182144A1-20090716-C00307
    166.5-167.5 95.7
    Compound 205
    Figure US20090182144A1-20090716-C00308
    155.5-156.5 94.4
    Compound 206
    Figure US20090182144A1-20090716-C00309
    172.0-173.0 98.5
  • TABLE 1-31
    Melting point Binding test (membrane)
    Compound No. Chemical structure (° C.) % inhibition (10 μM)
    Compound 207
    Figure US20090182144A1-20090716-C00310
    161.0-163.5 100.6
    Compound 208
    Figure US20090182144A1-20090716-C00311
    169.5-170.5 99.6
    Compound 209
    Figure US20090182144A1-20090716-C00312
    170.0-171.0 98.9
    Compound 210
    Figure US20090182144A1-20090716-C00313
    154.0-155.0 90.6
    Compound 211
    Figure US20090182144A1-20090716-C00314
    179.5-180.5 92.2
    Compound 212
    Figure US20090182144A1-20090716-C00315
    134.0-135.0 92.0
    Compound 213
    Figure US20090182144A1-20090716-C00316
    185.5-187.5 99.6
  • TABLE 1-32
    Melting point Binding test (membrane)
    Compound No. Chemical structure (° C.) % inhibition (10 μM)
    Compound 214
    Figure US20090182144A1-20090716-C00317
    167.0-168.0 101.9
    Compound 215
    Figure US20090182144A1-20090716-C00318
    179.0-180.0 100.4
    Compound 216
    Figure US20090182144A1-20090716-C00319
    180.0-181.0 92.0
    Compound 217
    Figure US20090182144A1-20090716-C00320
    146.0-148.0 96.3
    Compound 218
    Figure US20090182144A1-20090716-C00321
    102.5-107.5 101.4
    Compound 219
    Figure US20090182144A1-20090716-C00322
    195.0-196.0 83.2
    Compound 220
    Figure US20090182144A1-20090716-C00323
     79.0-80.0 68.3
  • TABLE 1-33
    Melting point Binding test (membrane)
    Compound No. Chemical structure (° C.) % inhibition (10 μM)
    Compound 221
    Figure US20090182144A1-20090716-C00324
    101.0-102.0 52.6
    Compound 222
    Figure US20090182144A1-20090716-C00325
    178.0-180.0 87.6
    Compound 223
    Figure US20090182144A1-20090716-C00326
    181.0-183.0 92.1
    Compound 224
    Figure US20090182144A1-20090716-C00327
    133.5-134.5 87.0
    Compound 225
    Figure US20090182144A1-20090716-C00328
    122.0-124.0 98.9
    Compound 226
    Figure US20090182144A1-20090716-C00329
    172.5-173.5 91.5
    Compound 227
    Figure US20090182144A1-20090716-C00330
    216.5-217.5
  • TABLE 1-34
    Melting point Binding test (membrane)
    Compound No. Chemical structure (° C.) % inhibition (10 μM)
    Compound 228
    Figure US20090182144A1-20090716-C00331
    160.5-162.5 96.0
    Compound 229
    Figure US20090182144A1-20090716-C00332
    106.0-107.0 99.0
    Compound 230
    Figure US20090182144A1-20090716-C00333
    102.0-103.0 90.7
    Compound 231
    Figure US20090182144A1-20090716-C00334
    162.0-163.0 97.4
    Compound 232
    Figure US20090182144A1-20090716-C00335
    128.5-129.5 92.3
    Compound 233
    Figure US20090182144A1-20090716-C00336
    Compound 234
    Figure US20090182144A1-20090716-C00337
    98.1
  • TABLE 1-35
    Melting point Binding test (membrane)
    Compound No. Chemical structure (° C.) % inhibition (10 μM)
    Compound 235
    Figure US20090182144A1-20090716-C00338
    137.5-142.5 94.0
    Compound 236
    Figure US20090182144A1-20090716-C00339
    213.5-215.5 96.8
    Compound 237
    Figure US20090182144A1-20090716-C00340
    152.5-152.5 93.1
    Compound 238
    Figure US20090182144A1-20090716-C00341
    117.0-118.0
    Compound 239
    Figure US20090182144A1-20090716-C00342
    151.5-152.5 95.9
    Compound 240
    Figure US20090182144A1-20090716-C00343
    199.0-200.0
    Compound 241
    Figure US20090182144A1-20090716-C00344
    173.0-174.0 82.6
  • TABLE 1-36
    Melting point Binding test (membrane)
    Compound No. Chemical structure (° C.) % inhibition (10 μM)
    Compound 242
    Figure US20090182144A1-20090716-C00345
    175.0-177.0 94.5
    Compound 243
    Figure US20090182144A1-20090716-C00346
    135.0-136.0 97.4
    Compound 244
    Figure US20090182144A1-20090716-C00347
    160.0-162.0 98.3
    Compound 245
    Figure US20090182144A1-20090716-C00348
    141.0-143.0 98.9
    Compound 246
    Figure US20090182144A1-20090716-C00349
    220.0-223.0 100.6
    Compound 247
    Figure US20090182144A1-20090716-C00350
    196.0-198.0 99.9
    Compound 248
    Figure US20090182144A1-20090716-C00351
    142.0-144.0 90.2
    Compound 249
    Figure US20090182144A1-20090716-C00352
    100.1
  • TABLE 1-37
    Melting point Binding test (membrane)
    Compound No. Chemical structure (° C.) % inhibition (10 μM)
    Compound 250
    Figure US20090182144A1-20090716-C00353
    150.5-153.5 101.4
    Compound 251
    Figure US20090182144A1-20090716-C00354
    187.5-168.5 96.3
    Compound 252
    Figure US20090182144A1-20090716-C00355
    180.0-183.0 52.5
    Compound 253
    Figure US20090182144A1-20090716-C00356
    100.3
    Compound 254
    Figure US20090182144A1-20090716-C00357
    68.6
  • Preparation examples will be given below for intermediates of formula (II) according to the present invention.
  • Starting from corresponding starting materials, the same procedures as shown in Example 1-(1) to (5), Example 2-(1) to (7), Example 4-(1) to (5), Example 5-(1) to (8), Example 7-(1) to (8), Example 9-(1) to (4), Example 11-(1) and (2), Example 16-(1) and Example 17-(1) to (4) were repeated, followed by salt formation as needed to obtain intermediate compounds or salts thereof, which are useful in preparing the compounds of formula (I) according to the present invention. The intermediates thus prepared are shown in Table 2, along with the intermediates obtained in the examples shown above.
  • TABLE 2-1
    Compound No. Chemical structure 1H-NMR
    Intermediate 1
    Figure US20090182144A1-20090716-C00358
    (200 MHz, CDCl3) δ ppm: 1.37(t, J = 7.1 Hz, 3H), 1.49(d, J = 6.6 Hz, 3H), 2.32(s, 3H), 3.82-4.12(m, 3H), 6.53(d, J = 0.9 Hz, 1H) 7.04-7.20(m, 4H)
    Intermediate 2
    Figure US20090182144A1-20090716-C00359
    (200 MHz, CDCl3) δ ppm: 1.30(t, J = 7.3 Hz, 3 H), 1.53(d, J = 6.8 Hz, 3H), 2.32 (s, 3 H), 3.77-4.16(m, 3H), 6.44(s, 1H), 6.90-7.00(m, 2H), 7.06-7.16(m, 2H)
    Intermediate 3
    Figure US20090182144A1-20090716-C00360
    (600 MHz, CDCl3) δ ppm: 1.26(t, J = 7.3 Hz, 3H), 1.52(d, J = 6.9 Hz, 3H), 2.31(s, 3H), 3.79-3.96(m, 2H), 4.03-4.10(m, 1H), 6.82-6.88(m, 2H), 7.08-7.15(m, 2H)
    Intermediate 4
    Figure US20090182144A1-20090716-C00361
    (600 MHz, CDCl3) δ ppm: 1.36(t, J = 7.1 Hz, 3H), 1.49(d, J = 6.4 Hz, 3H), 2.35(s, 3H), 2.53-2.60(m, 4H), 3.19-3.25(m, 4H), 3.90-4.11(m, 3H), 6.55-6.56(m, 1H), 6.63-6.71(m, 2H), 6.76-6.79(m, 1H), 7.15-7.25(m, 1H)
    Intermediate 5
    Figure US20090182144A1-20090716-C00362
    (600 MHz, CDCl3) δ ppm: 1.38(t, J = 7.1 Hz, 3H), 1.49(d, J = 6.9 Hz, 3H), 3.94-4.12(m, 3H), 6.52(s, 1H), 6.99-7.09(m, 2H). 7.17-7.23(m, 2H)
    Intermediate 6
    Figure US20090182144A1-20090716-C00363
    (600 MHz, CDCl3) δ ppm: 1.33(t, J = 7.1 Hz, 3H), 1.48(d, J = 6.9 Hz, 3 H), 2.16 (s, 3H), 8.92-4.14 (m, 2 H), 4.27 (q, J = 6.9 Hz, 1 H), 6.99-7.05 (m, 2 H), 7.14-7.21 (m, 2 H)
    Intermediate 7
    Figure US20090182144A1-20090716-C00364
    (200 MHz. CDCl3) δ ppm: 1.36(t, J = 7.0 Hz, 3H), 1.50(d, J = 6.6 Hz, 3H), 3.79-4.12(m, 3H), 6.55(d, J = 0.9 Hz, 1H), 7.12-7.36(m, 4H)
    Intermediate 8
    Figure US20090182144A1-20090716-C00365
    (600 MHz, CDCl3) δ ppm: 1.36(t, J = 7.1 Hz, 3H), 1.50(d, J = 6.9 Hz, 3H), 3.12-3.20(m, 4H), 3.81-3.88(m, 4H), 3.91-4.08(m, 3H), 6.54-6.60(m, 1H), 6.63-6.73(m, 2H), 6.75-6.79(m, 1H), 7.19-7.25(m, 1H)
    Intermediate 9
    Figure US20090182144A1-20090716-C00366
    (600 MHz, CDCl3) δ ppm: 1.00(t, J = 7.3 Hz, 1.37(t, J = 7.1 Hz, 3H), 1.63-1.73(m, 1H), 1.84-1.94(m, 1H), 3.70 (t, J = 6.9 Hz, 1H), 3.93-4.10(m, 2H), 6.50(s, 1H), 7.01-7.07(m, 2H), 7.17-7.24 (m, 2H)
  • TABLE 2-2
    Intermediate 10
    Figure US20090182144A1-20090716-C00367
    (600 MHz, CDCl3) δ ppm: 1.34(t, J = 7.1 Hz, 3H), 2.85(dd, J = 13.4, 9.4 Hz, 1H), 3.23(dd, J = 13.4, 4.6 Hz, 1H), 3.86-4.09(m, 3H), 6.62(s, 1H), 7.01-7.09 (m, 2H), 7.14-7.41(m, 7H)
    Intermediate 11
    Figure US20090182144A1-20090716-C00368
    600 MHz, CDCl3) δ ppm: 1.39(t, J = 6.9 Hz, 3H), 1.49(d, J = 6.0 Hz, 3H), 2.54(s, 3H), 3.93-4.17(m, 3H), 6.52(s, 1H), 7.11-7.20 (m, 1H), 7.54-7.64(m, 1H), 8.43(s, 1H)
    Intermediate 12
    Figure US20090182144A1-20090716-C00369
    (600 MHz, CDCl3) δ ppm: 1.33(t, J = 7.3 Hz, 3H), 2.34(s, 3H), 2.91(dd, J = 13.6, 9.4 Hz, 1H), 3.23 (dd, J = 13.6, 4.6 Hz, 1H), 3.83-3.92(m, 1H), 3.98-4.05(m, 2H), 6.66(s, 1H), 6.78-6.81(m, 1H), 7.01-7.08(m, 2H), 7.11-7.25 (m, 5H)
    Intermediate 13
    Figure US20090182144A1-20090716-C00370
    (600 MHz, CDCl3) δ ppm: 1.36(t, J = 7.3 Hz, 3H), 1.48(d, J = 6.4 Hz, 3H), 2.93(s, 6H), 3.90-4.07(m, 2H), 4.12-4.21(m, 1H), 6.45-6.53(m, 2H), 6.52-6.57 (m, 2H), 7.12-7.21(m, 1H)
    Intermediate 14
    Figure US20090182144A1-20090716-C00371
    (600 MHz, CDC3) δ ppm: 1.24(t, J = 6.9 Hz, 3H), 2.87-3.31(m, 2H), 3.67-4.04(m, 3H), 6.65-7.40(m, 9H)
    Intermediate 15
    Figure US20090182144A1-20090716-C00372
    (600 MHz, CDCl3) δ ppm: 1.04(t, J = 7.1 Hz, 3H), 3.68-3.86(m, 2H), 3.89(s, 1H), 6.57(s, 1H), 6.99-7.42(m, 9H)
    Intermediate 16
    Figure US20090182144A1-20090716-C00373
    (600 MHz, CDC13) δ ppm: 1.36(t, J = 7.1 Hz, 3H), 1.49(d, J = 6.9 Hz, 3H), 3.79(s, 3H), 3.93-4.10(m, 2H), 4.13-4.21(m, 1H), 6.50(s, 1H), 6.86-6.93(m, 2H), 7.12-7.18(m, 2H)
    Intermediate 17
    Figure US20090182144A1-20090716-C00374
    (600 MHz, CDCl3) δ ppm: 1.35-1.39(m, 3H), 1.47-1.50(m, 3H), 3.94-4.20(m, 3H), 6.55(d, J = 0.9 Hz, 1H), 7.13-7.16(m, 1H), 7.20-7.23(m, 2H), 7.33-7.38(m, 2H)
    Intermediate 18
    Figure US20090182144A1-20090716-C00375
    (600 MHz, CDCl3) δ ppm: 1.31(t, J = 7.3 Hz, 3H), 2.88(dd, J = 13.4, 8.7 Hz, 1H), 3.18(dd, J = 13.4, 5.3 Hz, 1H), 3.85-3.93(m, 1H), 3.96-4.04(m, 2H) 6.64(s, 1H), 7.02-7.31(m, 8H)
  • TABLE 2-3
    Intermediate 19
    Figure US20090182144A1-20090716-C00376
    (600 MHz, CDCl3) δ ppm: 1.40(t, J = 7.1 Hz, 3H), 1.51(d, J = 6.4 Hz, 3H), 3.98-4.20(m, 3H), 6.59(d, J = 0.9 Hz, 1H), 7.37-7.48(m, 3H), 7.65(d, J = 2.8 Hz, 1H), 7.75-7.86(m, 3H)
    Intermediate 20
    Figure US20090182144A1-20090716-C00377
    (600 MHz, CDCl3) δ ppm: 1.34-1.38(m, 3H), 1.48-1.51(m, 3H), 1.76-1.86(m, 4H), 1.99-2.05(m, 2H), 2.31(s, 3H), 2.44-2.50(m, 1H), 2.93-2.99(m, 2H), 3.92-4.20(m, 3H), 6.55 (s, 1H), 6.95-7.07(m, 3H) 7.25-7.30(m, 1H)
    Intermediate 21
    Figure US20090182144A1-20090716-C00378
    (600 MHz, CDCl3) δ ppm: 1.36(t, J = 7.1 Hz, 3H), 1.49(d, J = 6.9 Hz, 3H), 1.53-1.71(m, 6H), 3.11- 3.18(m, 4H), 3.91-4.07(m, 3H), 6.56(s, 1H), 6.58- 6.61(m, 1H), 6.68-6.72(m, 1H), 6.74-6.77(m, 1H), 7.15-7.20(m, 1H)
    Intermediate 22
    Figure US20090182144A1-20090716-C00379
    (600 MHz, CDCl3) δ ppm: 1.35-1.42(m, 3H), 1.48-1.52(m, 3H),3.97-4.06(m, 2H), 4.08-4.21 (m, 1H), 6.58(s, 1H), 7.18-7.36 (m, 5H), 7.45-7.48(m, 1H), 7.86 (s, 1H)
    Intermediate 23
    Figure US20090182144A1-20090716-C00380
    (600 MHz, CDCl3) δ ppm: 1.29(t, J = 7.3 Hz, 3H), 3.89(brs, 2H), 3.95(q, J = 7.3 Hz, 2H), 6.73(s, 1H), 7.00-7.04(m, 2H), 7.14-7.18(m, 2H)
    Intermediate 24
    Figure US20090182144A1-20090716-C00381
    (600 MHz, CDCl3) δ ppm: 1.48(d, J = 6.9 Hz, 3H), 3.58(s, 3H), 3.98-4.05(m, 1H), 6.50-6.54 (m, 1H), 7.01-7.09(m, 2H), 7.17-7.22(m, 2H)
    Intermediate 25
    Figure US20090182144A1-20090716-C00382
    (600 MHz, CDCl3) δ ppm: 1.41(t, J = 7.1 Hz, 3H), 1.52(d, J = 6.4 Hz, 3H), 3.99-4.20(m, 3H), 6.60(d, J = 0.9 Hz, 1H), 7.61-7.65(m, 2H), 7.83- 7.87(m, 2H), 8.49(d, J = 5.5 Hz, 1H), 9.20(s, 1H)
    Intermediate 26
    Figure US20090182144A1-20090716-C00383
    (600 MHz, CDCl3) δ ppm: 1.38(t, J = 7.1 Hz, 3H), 1.48(d, J = 6.4 Hz, 3H), 2.55-2.60(m, 4H), 2.79 (t, J = 5.7 Hz, 2H), 3.72-3.75(m, 4H), 3.94-4.10(m, 3H), 4.09(t, J = 5.7 Hz, 2H), 6.49(s, 1H), 6.87-6.91(m, 2H), 7.13-7.16(m, 2H)
    Intermediate 27
    Figure US20090182144A1-20090716-C00384
    (600 MHz, CDCl3) δ ppm: 1.29-1.53(m, 6H), 2.49(s, 6H), 3.89-4.36(m, 3H), 6.60-6.84(m, 3H)
  • TABLE 2-4
    Intermediate 28
    Figure US20090182144A1-20090716-C00385
    (600 MHz, CDCl3) δ ppm: 1.34-1.41(m, 3H), 1.47-1.50(m, 3H), 3.91(s, 3H), 3.98-4.11(m, 3H), 6.53(d, J = 0.9 Hz, 1H), 6.65(s,1H)
    Intermediate 29
    Figure US20090182144A1-20090716-C00386
    (600 MHz, CDCl3) δ ppm: 1.35-1.39(m, 3H), 1.46-1.50(m, 3H), 2.22(s, 3H), 2.24(s, 3H)3.98- 4.08(m, 3H), 6.51(d, J = 0.9 Hz, 1H), 6.91-6.95 (m, 1H), 6.97-7.00(m, 1H), 7.10(d, J = 8.3 Hz, 1H)
    Intermediate 30
    Figure US20090182144A1-20090716-C00387
    (600 MHz, CDCl3) δ ppm: 1.28(t, J = 7.1 Hz, 3H), 1.39(t, J = 7.1 Hz, 3H). 1.44(d, J = 6.4 Hz, 3H), 3.79-3.97(m, 3H), 4.35-4.41(m, 2H), 6.44(s, 1H)
    Intermediate 31
    Figure US20090182144A1-20090716-C00388
    (600 MHz, CDCl3) δ ppm: 0.87-0.91(m, 3H), 1.24-1.87(m, 13H), 3.76-3.79(m, 1 H), 3.95-4.07(m, 2H), 6.51(s, 1H), 7.01-7.06(m, 2H), 7.18-7.25 (m, 2H)
    Intermediate 32
    Figure US20090182144A1-20090716-C00389
    (600 MHz, CDCl3) δ ppm: 0.95(d, J = 6.9 Hz, 3H), 1.04(d, J = 6.4 Hz, 3H), 1.36(t, J = 7.1 Hz, 3H), 1.92-1.99(m, 1H), 3.53(d, J = 7.3 Hz, 1H), 3.95-4.03(m, J = 2 H), 6.51(s, 1H), 7.02-7.06(m, 2H), 7.19-7.22(m, 2H)
    Intermediate 33
    Figure US20090182144A1-20090716-C00390
    (600 MHz, CDCl3) δ ppm: 1.27(t, J = 7.1 Hz, 3H), 1.37(d, J = 6.4 Hz, 6H), 1.45(d, J = 6.9 Hz, 3H), 3.77-3.91(m, 2H), 3.92-3.97(m, 1H), 5.04-5.11(m, 1H), 6.45(s, 1H)
    Intermediate 34
    Figure US20090182144A1-20090716-C00391
    (600 MHz, CDCl3) δ ppm: 1.01(t, J = 7.3 Hz, 3H), 1.29(t, J = 7.1 Hz, 3H), 1.45(d, J = 6.4 Hz, 3H), 1.76-1.83(m, 2H), 3.79-3.97(m, 3H), 4.26-4.30(m, 2H), 6.43(d, J = 0.9 Hz, 1H)
    Intermediate 35
    Figure US20090182144A1-20090716-C00392
    (600 MHz, CDCl3) δ ppm: 1.32(t, J = 7.1 Hz, 3H), 1.46(d, J = 6.9 Hz, 3H), 3.82-4.03(m, 3H), 4.69-4.78 (m, 2H), 6.45(s, 1H)
    Intermediate 36
    Figure US20090182144A1-20090716-C00393
    (600 MHz, CDCl3) δ ppm: 1.13(t, J = 7.6 Hz, 3H), 1.24-1.29(m, 3H), 1.47(d, J = 6.9 Hz, 3H), 2.43-2.54(m, 2H), 3.87-4.11(m, 2H), 4.24-4.31 (m, 1H), 6.96-7.40 (m, 2 H)
  • TABLE 2-5
    Intermediate 37
    Figure US20090182144A1-20090716-C00394
    (600 MHz, CDCl3) δ ppm: 1.29(t, J = 7.1 Hz, 3H), 1.45(d, J = 6.9 Hz, 3H), 1.97(t, J = 2.8 Hz, 1H), 1.99-2.05(m, 2H), 2.34-2.39(m, 2H), 3.79- 3.97(m, 3H), 4.43(t, J = 6.2 Hz, 2H), 6.44(s, 1H)
    Intermediate 38
    Figure US20090182144A1-20090716-C00395
    (600 MHz, CDCl3) δ ppm: 1.43(t, J = 7.1 Hz, 3H), 1.52(d, J = 6.9 Hz, 3H), 4.11-4.39(m, 2H), 4.62- 4.68(m, 1H), 6.97-7.50(m, 9H)
    Intermediate 39
    Figure US20090182144A1-20090716-C00396
    (600 MHz, CDCl3) δ ppm: 1.27(t, J = 7.1 Hz, 3H), 1.54(d, J = 6.9 Hz, 3H), 2.01-2.05(m, 2H), 2.52- 2.62(m, 6H), 3.74-3.79(m, 4H), 3.80-3.94(m, 2H), 4.03-4.09(m, 1H), 4.39(t, J = 6.4 Hz, 2H), 6.54(s, 1H)
    Intermediate 40
    Figure US20090182144A1-20090716-C00397
    (600 MHz, CDCl3) δ ppm: 1.34-1.40(m, 3H), 1.46-1.50(m, 3H), 2.34-2.39(m, 2H), 2.36(s, 6H), 2.72-2.78(m, 2H), 3.95-4.09(m, 2H), 4.13-4.20(m, 1H), 6.50(s, 1H), 6.88-6.91(m, 2H), 7.14-7.16(m, 2H)
    Intermediate 41
    Figure US20090182144A1-20090716-C00398
    (600 MHz, CDCl3) δ ppm: 1.29(t, J = 7.3 Hz, 3H), 1.46(d, J = 6.4 Hz, 3H), 3.82-3.99(m, 3H), 5.38 (s, 2H), 6.48(s, 1H), 7.31-7.45(m, 5H)
    Intermediate 42
    Figure US20090182144A1-20090716-C00399
    (600 MHz, CDCl3) δ ppm: 1.28(t, J = 7.1 Hz, 3H), 1.50(d, J = 6.4 Hz, 3H), 1.58-1.68(m, 1H), 1.77- 1.86(m, 1H), 2.08-2.19(m, 2H), 2.41-2.51(m, 2H), 3.80-3.91(m, 2H), 3.99-4.05 (m, 1H), 5.07-5.14(m, 1H), 6.52(s, 1H)
    Intermediate 43
    Figure US20090182144A1-20090716-C00400
    (600 MHz, CDCl3) δ ppm: 1.37(t, J = 7.1 Hz, 3H), 1.50(d, J = 6.9 Hz, 3H), 4.00-4.22 (m, 2H), 4.31 (q, J = 6.9 Hz, 1H), 7.00-7.06(m, 2H), 7.18-7.24 (m, 2H)
    Intermediate 44
    Figure US20090182144A1-20090716-C00401
    (600 MHz, DMSO-D6) δ ppm: 1.19-1.24(m, 3H), 1.35(d, J = 6.4 Hz, 3H), 3.80-4.00(m, 3H), 5.19-5.24 (m, 2H), 6.19-6.22(m, 1H), 6.29-6.33(m, 2H), 6.43 (d, J = 0.9 Hz, 1H), 6.93-6.98(m, 1H)
    Intermediate 45
    Figure US20090182144A1-20090716-C00402
    (600 MHz, CDCl3) δ ppm: 1.25-1.55(m, 12H), 1.75- 1.81(m, 2H), 2.23-2.35(m, 8H), 3.79-3.97(m, 3H), 4.31(t, J = 6.6 Hz, 2H), 6.43(d, J = 0.9 Hz, 1H)
  • TABLE 2-6
    Intermediate 46
    Figure US20090182144A1-20090716-C00403
    (600 MHz, CDCl3) δ ppm: 1.29(t, J = 7.1 Hz, 3H), 1.45(d, J = 6.9 Hz, 3H), 1.85-1.91(m, 2H), 2.18- 2.23(m, 2H), 3.80-3.97(m, 3H), 3.80-3.97(m, 3H), 4.34(t, J = 6.4 Hz, 2H), 4.98-5.01(m, 1H), 5.03-5.08 (m, 1H), 5.81-5.89(m, 1H), 6.44(s, 1H)
    Intermediate 47
    Figure US20090182144A1-20090716-C00404
    (600 MHz, CDCl3) δ ppm: 0.88(t, J = 6.0 Hz, 3H), 1.20-1.36(m, 31H), 1.38-1.44(m, 2H), 1.58(d, J = 6.9 Hz, 3 H), 1.72-1.79(m, 2H), 3.83-3.88(m, 2H), 4.10-4.15(m, 1H), 4.26-4.34(m, 2H), 6.62(s, 1H)
    Intermediate 48
    Figure US20090182144A1-20090716-C00405
    (600 MHz, CDCl3) δ ppm: 1.27(t, J = 7.1 Hz, 3H), 1.54(d, J = 6.9 Hz, 3H). 2.02-2.07(m, 2H), 3.34 (s, 3H), 3.52(t, J = 6.4 Hz, 2H), 3.81-3.91(m, 2H), 4.05-4.10(m, 1H) 4.38-4.43(m, 2H), 6.56(s, 1H)
    Intermediate 49
    Figure US20090182144A1-20090716-C00406
    (600 MHz, CDCl3) δ ppm: 1.27(t, J = 7.1 Hz, 3H), 1.37(d, J = 6.4 Hz, 3H), 3.21(s, 3H), 3.69-3.84 (m, 2H), 3.87-3.93 (m, 1H), 6.00(s, 1H)
    Intermediate 50
    Figure US20090182144A1-20090716-C00407
    (600 MHz, CDCl3) δ ppm: 1.40(t, J = 7.1 Hz, 3H), 1.49(d, J = 6.4 Hz, 3H), 3.97-4.12(m, 3H), 6.46- 6.49(m, 1H), 6.54(s, 1H), 6.96(dd, J = 8.5, 2.1 Hz, 1H), 7.11-7.14(m, 1H), 7.30-7.34(m, 1H), 7.56 (d, J = 8.7 Hz), 1H), 8.42(brs, 1H)
    Intermediate 51
    Figure US20090182144A1-20090716-C00408
    (600 MHz, CDCl3) δ ppm: 1.28(t, J = 7.1 Hz, 3H), 1.45(d, J = 6.9 Hz, 3H), 1.95-2.02(m, 2H), 2.36- 2.85(m, 13H), 3.78-3.98(m, 3H), 4.37(t, J = 6.4 Hz, 2H), 6.44(d, J = 0.9 Hz, 1H)
  • INDUSTRIAL APPLICABILITY
  • Since the compounds of the present invention are excellent Edg-1(S1P1) ligands, they are useful as therapeutic and/or prophylactic agents for autoimmune disease such as Crohn's disease, irritable colitis, Sjogren's syndrome, multiple sclerosis and systemic lupus erythematosus, as well as other diseases such as rheumatoid arthritis, asthma, atopic dermatitis, rejection after organ transplantation, cancer, retinopathy, psoriasis, osteoarthritis, age-related macular degeneration, etc.

Claims (35)

1. A compound represented by formula (I) or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof:
Figure US20090182144A1-20090716-C00409
{wherein Ar represents a monocyclic heterocyclic ring containing one or two nitrogen atoms,
wherein said Ar may be substituted with a substituent(s) selected from the group consisting of a C1-C6 alkyl group, a phenyl group and a halogen atom,
Y1, Y2 and Y3 each represent a carbon atom or a nitrogen atom,
A represents an oxygen atom, a sulfur atom, a group represented by the formula —SO2—, or a group represented by the formula —NR6— (wherein R6 represents a hydrogen atom or a C1-C6 alkyl group),
R1 represents a hydrogen atom, a C1-C6 alkyl group which may be substituted with a substituent(s) selected from the following group [wherein said group consists of a hydroxyl group, a halogen atom, a C1-C6 alkoxy group (wherein said alkoxy group may be substituted with a phenyl group) and a phenyl group (wherein said phenyl group may be substituted with a substituent(s) selected from the group consisting of a halogen atom and a C1-C6 alkyl group)], a C3-C8 cycloalkyl group, a C2-C8 alkenyl group, a C2-C8 alkynyl group, or a phenyl group,
R2 represents a hydrogen atom, a C1-C6 alkyl group, or a C3-C8 cycloalkyl group,
R3 represents (i) a hydrogen atom, (ii) a C1-C18 alkyl group, (iii) a C2-C8 alkenyl group which may be substituted with a phenyl group or a benzyloxy group, (iv) a C2-C8 alkynyl group which may be substituted with a phenyl group, (v) a C3-C8 cycloalkyl group which may be condensed with a benzene ring, (vi) a C1-C6 alkyl group substituted with a substituent(s) selected from the following group [wherein said group consists of a halogen atom, a phenyl group (wherein said phenyl group may be substituted with 1 to 5 substituents selected from the group consisting of a phenyl group, a cyano group, a halogen atom, a C1-C6 alkyl group, a C1-C6 alkoxy group, a trifluoromethyl group, a methoxycarbonyl group, a C1-C6 alkylthio group, a dimethylamino group, a nitro group and an acetamido group), a C3-C8 cycloalkyl group, a hydroxyl group, a C1-C6 alkylthio group, a C1-C6 alkoxy group, a benzyloxy group, a phenoxy group, a trifluoromethyl group, a difluoromethyl group, a benzenesulfonyl group, a naphthyl group, a C7-C10 tricycloalkyl group, a carbomethoxy(phenyl)methyl group, a diphenylmethyl group, a 1-phenylethyl group, an imidazolyl group, an indolyl group, a pyridyl group, an oxetanyl group, an oxolanyl group, a methylpiperidinyl group, a piperazino group which may be substituted with a C1-C6 alkyl group(s), a benzylpiperidinyl group, a morpholino group, a 2-oxopyrrolidin-1-yl group, a 2-oxoimidazolidin-1-yl group, a group represented by the formula:

—CO2R11
(wherein R11 represents a hydrogen atom or a C1-C6 alkyl group), a group represented by the formula:
Figure US20090182144A1-20090716-C00410
(wherein R12 and R13 each represent a hydrogen atom or a C1-C6 alkyl group), a group represented by the formula:
Figure US20090182144A1-20090716-C00411
(wherein R14 and R15 each represent a hydrogen atom, a C1-C6 alkyl group, a phenyl group or a 4-pyridylcarbonyl group), and the formula:

—COR16
(wherein R16 represents a C1-C6 alkyl group or a phenyl group)], (vii) an oxolanyl group, a methylpiperidinyl group, or a group represented by the formula:
Figure US20090182144A1-20090716-C00412
or (viii) an optionally substituted aryl group,
R4 represents a hydrogen atom, or a C1-C6 alkyl group which may be substituted with a carboxyl group, and
R5 represents (i) a C1-C10 alkyl group, (ii) a C1-C10 alkyl group which is substituted with one or two substituents selected from the following group (wherein said group consists of a C3-C8 cycloalkyl group, a pyridyl group, and a phenyl, phenoxy or naphthyl group which may be substituted with one or two substituents selected from the group consisting of a halogen atom and a C1-C6 alkoxy group) (iii) a C3-C8 cycloalkyl group, (iv) a C2-C8 alkenyl group, (v) a C2-C8 alkenyl group substituted with a phenyl group, (vi) a C2-C8 alkynyl group, (vii) a C2-C8 alkynyl group substituted with a phenyl group, or (viii) an optionally substituted aryl group, provided that when Ar is a group represented by the following formula:
Figure US20090182144A1-20090716-C00413
which may be substituted with a C1-C6 alkyl group, R5 is not a C1-C10 alkyl group}.
2. The compound or pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof according to claim 1, wherein in formula (I),
Ar represents a monocyclic heterocyclic ring containing one or two nitrogen atoms,
A represents an oxygen atom, a sulfur atom, or a group represented by the formula —NR6— (wherein R6 represents a hydrogen atom or a C1-C6 alkyl group),
R1 represents a hydrogen atom, a C1-C6 alkyl group, or a C1-C6 alkyl group substituted with a phenyl group,
R2 represents a C1-C6 alkyl group, or a C3-C8 cycloalkyl group,
R3 represents a C1-C6 alkyl group, or an optionally substituted aryl group,
R4 represents a hydrogen atom, or a C1-C6 alkyl group, and
R5 represents (i) a C1-C10 alkyl group, (ii) a C1-C10 alkyl group which is substituted with one or two substituents selected from the following group (wherein said group consists of a C3-C8 cycloalkyl group, a phenyl group, a naphthyl group, a pyridyl group, and a phenyl group substituted with one or two substituents selected from the group consisting of a halogen atom and a C1-C6 alkoxy group) (iii) a C3-C8 cycloalkyl group, (iv) a C2-C8 alkenyl group, (v) a C2-C8 alkenyl group substituted with a phenyl group, (vi) a C2-C8 alkynyl group, (vii) a C2-C8 alkynyl group substituted with a phenyl group, or (viii) an optionally substituted aryl group.
3. The compound or pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof according to claim 1, wherein Ar is a substituent represented by the following formula:
Figure US20090182144A1-20090716-C00414
which may be substituted with a substituent selected from the group consisting of a C1-C6 alkyl group, a phenyl group and a halogen atom.
4. The compound or pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof according to claim 1, wherein Ar is a substituent represented by the following formula:
Figure US20090182144A1-20090716-C00415
which may be substituted with a substituent selected from the group consisting of a C1-C6 alkyl group, a phenyl group and a halogen atom.
5. The compound or pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof according to claim 1, wherein Ar is a substituent represented by the following formula:
Figure US20090182144A1-20090716-C00416
which may be substituted with a substituent selected from the group consisting of a C1-C6 alkyl group, a phenyl group and a halogen atom.
6. The compound or pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof according to claim 1, wherein A is an oxygen atom.
7. The compound or pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof according to claim 1, wherein R1 is a C1-C6 alkyl group which may be substituted with a halogen atom(s), or a benzyl group which may be substituted with a substituent(s) selected from the group consisting of a halogen atom and a C1-C6 alkyl group.
8. The compound or pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof according to claim 1, wherein R1 is a methyl group, an ethyl group or a benzyl group which may be substituted with a halogen atom(s).
9. The compound or pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof according to claim 1, wherein R1 is a methyl group or an ethyl group.
10. The compound or pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof according to claim 1, wherein R4 is a hydrogen atom.
11. The compound or pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof according to claim 1, wherein R2 is a C1-C6 alkyl group or a C3-C6 cycloalkyl group.
12. The compound or pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof according to claim 1, wherein R2 is an ethyl group or a cyclopropyl group.
13. The compound or pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof according to claim 1, wherein R5 is (i) a C1-C10 alkyl group, (ii) a C1-C10 alkyl group which is substituted with one or two substituents selected from the following group (wherein said group consists of a C3-C8 cycloalkyl group, a pyridyl group, and a phenyl, phenoxy or naphthyl group which may be substituted with one or two substituents selected from the group consisting of a halogen atom and a C1-C6 alkoxy group), (iii) a C2-C8 alkenyl group which may be substituted with a phenyl group, or (iv) a phenyl group, a naphthyl group, a thienyl group, a pyrrolyl group, a pyrazolyl group, a pyridyl group, a furanyl group, a benzothienyl group, an isoquinolinyl group, an isoxazolyl group, a thiazolyl group, a benzothiadiazolyl group, a benzoxadiazolyl group, a phenyl group condensed with a 5- to 7-membered saturated hydrocarbon ring which may contain one or two oxygen atoms as ring members, a uracil group, a coumaryl group, a dihydroindolyl group, or a tetrahydroisoquinolinyl group, wherein these groups may each be substituted with 1 to 5 substituents selected from the following group [wherein said group consists of a C1-C6 alkyl group which may be substituted with a fluorine atom(s), a C2-C8 alkenyl group, a halogen atom, a C1-C6 alkoxy group which may be substituted with a fluorine atom(s), a pyrazolyl, oxazolyl, isoxazolyl, thiadiazolyl or pyrimidinyl group, which may be substituted with a substituent(s) selected from the group Y (wherein the group Y consists of a methyl group, a trifluoromethyl group, a halogen atom and a methylsulfanyl group), a C1-C6 alkylthio group, a C1-C6 alkylsulfonyl group, a benzenesulfonyl group, a morpholinosulfonyl group, a morpholinocarbonylamino group, an aminosulfonyl group, a C2-C10 alkoxycarbonyl group, a morpholino group which may be substituted with a C1-C6 alkyl group(s), a phenyl group which may be substituted with a C1-C6 alkoxy group(s), a phenoxy group, a pyridinecarbonyl group, a pyridineoxy group, a cyano group, a C2-C7 alkanoyl group which may be substituted with a fluorine atom(s) and a C2-C7 alkanoylamino group].
14. The compound or pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof according to claim 1, wherein R5 is a C1-C10 alkyl group substituted with a C3-C8 cycloalkyl group, a C1-C10 alkyl group substituted with a naphthyl group, a C2-C8 alkenyl group substituted with a phenyl group, a phenyl or naphthyl group which may be substituted with 1 to 5 substituents selected from the following group (wherein said group consists of a C1-C6 alkyl group, a halogen atom, a C1-C6 alkoxy group, a trifluoromethoxy group, a difluoromethoxy group, a trifluoromethyl group, a C1-C6 alkenyl group, a C1-C6 alkylsulfonyl group, a C2-C7 alkanoyl group, a C2-C7 alkoxycarbonyl group and a cyano group), a pyrrolyl group which may be substituted with a substituent(s) selected from the group consisting of a C1-C6 alkyl group and a methoxycarbonyl group, a furanyl group which may be substituted with a substituent(s) selected from the following group (wherein said group consists of a C1-C6 alkyl group, a trifluoromethyl group and a halogen atom), a thienyl group which may be substituted with a substituent(s) selected from the following group (wherein said group consists of a C1-C6 alkyl group, a trifluoromethyl group, a thiadiazolyl group, an oxazolyl group and a halogen atom), or a benzothienyl, dihydrobenzodioxepinyl, benzodioxolyl, dihydrobenzodioxinyl, dihydrobenzofuranyl, tetrahydronaphthyl, indanyl, thiadiazolyl, benzoxadiazolyl or benzothiadiazolyl group which may be substituted with a substituent(s) selected from the group consisting of a C1-C6 alkyl group and a halogen atom.
15. The compound or pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof according to claim 1, wherein R5 is a C1-C6 alkyl group substituted with a naphthyl group, a C2-C6 alkenyl group substituted with a phenyl group, an unsubstituted phenyl group, a phenyl group substituted with 1 to 5 substituents selected from the following group (wherein said group consists of a methyl group, a methoxy group and a halogen atom), a phenyl group which is substituted with 1 to 3 substituents selected from the following group and at least one of whose 3- and 4-positions is substituted (wherein said group consists of a C1-C6 alkyl group, a halogen atom, a methoxy group, a trifluoromethoxy group, a difluoromethoxy group, a trifluoromethyl group, a C1-C6 alkenyl group, a methylsulfonyl group, an acetyl group, a methoxycarbonyl group and a cyano group), a naphthyl group which may be substituted with a substituent(s) selected from the following group (wherein said group consists of a halogen atom, a C1-C6 alkyl group, a cyano group and a C1-C6 alkylsulfonyl group), a furanyl group which may be substituted with a substituent(s) selected from the group consisting of a trifluoromethyl group and a halogen atom, or a benzothienyl, benzoxadiazolyl, benzodioxolyl, dihydrobenzodioxinyl, dihydrobenzofuranyl, indanyl or benzothiadiazolyl group which may be substituted with a substituent(s) selected from the group consisting of a C1-C6 alkyl group and a halogen atom.
16. The compound or pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof according to claim 1, wherein R5 is a phenyl group whose 3- and 4-positions are each substituted with a halogen atom, or a naphthyl group which may be substituted with a substituent(s) selected from the group consisting of a halogen atom, a C1-C6 alkyl group and a cyano group.
17. The compound or pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof according to claim 1, wherein R3 is a phenyl group, a naphthyl group, a pyrazolyl group, a pyridyl group, an indolyl group, a benzothiazolyl group, a benzothiadiazolyl group, a pyrazolopyrimidinyl group, a quinolinyl group, an isoquinolinyl group, a benzothienyl group or a dihydroquinolinonyl group, wherein these groups may each be substituted with 1 to 3 substituents selected from the following group [wherein said group consists of substituents listed below: a C1-C6 alkyl group which may be substituted with a fluorine atom(s), a C3-C8 cycloalkyl group, a halogen atom, a C1-C6 alkoxy group (wherein said alkoxy group may be substituted with a substituent(s) selected from the group consisting of a fluorine atom, a phenyl group, an amino group substituted with two C1-C4 alkyl groups and a morpholino group), a phenoxy group, a phenyl group, a carboxyl group, a C2-C10 alkoxycarbonyl group, a hydroxyl group, a C2-C7 monocyclic saturated hydrocarbon group containing a nitrogen atom(s) as a ring member(s) (wherein said saturated hydrocarbon group may be substituted with a C1-C6 alkyl group(s)), a nitrogen-containing monocyclic unsaturated hydrocarbon group, a morpholinyl group which may be substituted with a C1-C6 alkyl group(s), a piperazino group which may be substituted with a substituent(s) selected from the following group (wherein said group consists of a C1-C6 alkyl group (wherein said alkyl group may be substituted with an amino group which may be substituted with one or two C1-C6 alkyl groups, a morpholino group, a hydroxyl group, or a C1-C6 alkoxy group), a formyl group, a C2-C7 alkanoyl group, a carbamoyl group which may be substituted with one or two C1-C4 alkyl groups, an aminosulfonyl group which may be substituted with one or two C1-C6 alkyl groups, and a C1-C6 alkylsulfonyl group), and the formula:

—NR7R8
wherein R7 and R8 each represent a hydrogen atom, a C1-C6 alkyl group (wherein said alkyl group may be substituted with an amino group which may be substituted with one or two C1-C6 alkyl groups, a hydroxyl group, or a C1-C6 alkoxy group), a C1-C6 alkanoyl group, a carbamoyl group which may be substituted with one or two C1-C4 alkyl groups, a morpholinocarbonyl group, an aminosulfonyl group which may be substituted with one or two C1-C6 alkyl groups, or a C1-C6 alkylsulfonyl group, or alternatively, R7 and R8 optionally form, together with the nitrogen atom to which R7 and R8 are attached, a 3- to 8-membered saturated hydrocarbon ring, wherein said ring may be substituted with a substituent(s) selected from the group consisting of a dimethylenedioxy group, an oxo group and a hydroxyl group].
18. The compound or pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof according to claim 1, wherein R3 is a 2-naphthyl group (wherein said naphthyl group may be substituted with a substituent(s) selected from the group consisting of a halogen atom and a C1-C6 alkyl group), a 3-pyrazolyl group (wherein said pyrazolyl group may be substituted with a substituent(s) selected from the group consisting of a C1-C6 alkyl group, a trifluoromethyl group and a halogen atom), or a 5-benzothiazolyl, 5-benzothiadiazolyl, 7-dihydroquinolinonyl, 7-isoquinolinyl, 7-quinolinyl, 3-pyridyl or indolyl group which may be substituted with a C1-C6 alkyl group(s), an unsubstituted phenyl group, or a substituted phenyl group shown in (A) to (C) below:
(A) a phenyl group whose 4-position is substituted with a substituent selected from the group consisting of a C1-C6 alkyl group, a C3-C8 cycloalkyl group, a C1-C6 alkoxy group (wherein said alkoxy group may be substituted with a substituent(s) selected from the group consisting of an amino group substituted with two C1-C4 alkyl groups, a morpholino group and a phenyl group), a halogen atom, a trifluoromethoxy group, a phenoxy group, a phenyl group, a 1-pyrrolyl group, and —NRARB (wherein RA and RB are each a C1-C6 alkyl group, or RA and RB optionally form, together with the nitrogen atom to which RA and RB are attached, a 3- to 5-membered saturated hydrocarbon ring), and further whose 3-position may be substituted with a substituent selected from the group consisting of a C1-C6 alkyl group, a halogen atom and a C1-C6 alkoxy group,
(B) a phenyl group whose 3-position is substituted with a substituent selected from the group consisting of a hydroxyl group, a C1-C6 alkyl group and a C1-C6 alkoxy group (wherein said alkoxy group may be substituted with a substituent(s) selected from the group consisting of an amino group substituted with two C1-C4 alkyl groups, a morpholino group and a phenyl group), and further which may be substituted with one or two C1-C6 alkyl groups or whose 4-position may be substituted with a halogen atom,
and
(C) a phenyl group whose 3-position is substituted with a substituent selected from the group consisting of nitrogen-containing groups shown in (i) to (v) below, and further whose 4-position may be substituted with a halogen atom:
(i) a C2-C7 monocyclic saturated hydrocarbon group containing a nitrogen atom(s) as a ring member(s) (wherein said saturated hydrocarbon group may be substituted with a C1-C6 alkyl group(s)),
(ii) a nitrogen-containing monocyclic unsaturated hydrocarbon group,
(iii) a morpholinyl group which may be substituted with a C1-C6 alkyl group(s),
(iv) a piperazino group [wherein said piperazino group may be substituted with a C1-C6 alkyl group which may be substituted with a substituent(s) selected from the following group (wherein said group consists of an amino group substituted with two C1-C4 alkyl groups and a morpholino group) or a C2-C7 alkanoyl group], and
(v) the formula —NR7R8
wherein R7 and R8 each represent a hydrogen atom, a C1-C6 alkyl group (wherein said alkyl group may be substituted with an amino group which may be substituted with one or two C1-C6 alkyl groups, a hydroxyl group, or a C1-C6 alkoxy group), a C1-C6 alkanoyl group, a carbamoyl group which may be substituted with one or two C1-C4 alkyl groups, a morpholinocarbonyl group, an aminosulfonyl group which may be substituted with one or two C1-C6 alkyl groups, or a C1-C6 alkylsulfonyl group, or alternatively, R7 and R8 optionally form, together with the nitrogen atom to which R7 and R8 are attached, a 3- to 8-membered saturated hydrocarbon ring, wherein said ring may be substituted with a substituent(s) selected from the group consisting of a dimethylenedioxy group, an oxo group and a hydroxyl group.
19. The compound or pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof according to claim 1, wherein R3 is a phenyl group whose 3-position is substituted with a substituent selected from the group consisting of nitrogen-containing groups shown in (i) to (v) below, and further whose 4-position may be substituted with a halogen atom:
(i) a C2-C7 monocyclic saturated hydrocarbon group containing a nitrogen atom(s) as a ring member(s) (wherein said saturated hydrocarbon group may be substituted with a C1-C6 alkyl group(s)),
(ii) a nitrogen-containing monocyclic unsaturated hydrocarbon group,
(iii) a morpholinyl group which may be substituted with a C1-C6 alkyl group(s),
(iv) a piperazino group [wherein said piperazino group may be substituted with a C1-C6 alkyl group which may be substituted with a substituent(s) selected from the following group (wherein said group consists of an amino group substituted with two C1-C4 alkyl groups and a morpholino group) or a C2-C7 alkanoyl group], and
(v) the formula —NR7R8
wherein R7 and R8 each represent a hydrogen atom, a C1-C6 alkyl group (wherein said alkyl group may be substituted with an amino group which may be substituted with one or two C1-C6 alkyl groups, a hydroxyl group, or a C1-C6 alkoxy group), a C1-C6 alkanoyl group, a carbamoyl group which may be substituted with one or two C1-C4 alkyl groups, a morpholinocarbonyl group, an aminosulfonyl group which may be substituted with one or two C1-C6 alkyl groups, or a C1-C6 alkylsulfonyl group, or alternatively, R7 and R8 optionally form, together with the nitrogen atom to which R7 and R8 are attached, a 3- to 8-membered saturated hydrocarbon ring, wherein said ring may be substituted with a substituent(s) selected from the group consisting of a dimethylenedioxy group, an oxo group and a hydroxyl group.
20. The compound or pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof according to claim 1, wherein R3 is a phenyl group whose 4-position is substituted with a fluorine atom or a chlorine atom.
21. The compound or pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof according to claim 1, wherein R3 is a 6-indolyl group.
22. The compound or pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof according to claim 1, wherein R3 is a C1-C18 alkyl group which may be substituted with a substituent(s) selected from the following group (wherein said group consists of a halogen atom, an amino group which may be substituted with one or two C1-C6 alkyl groups, a C1-C6 alkoxy group, a piperazino group which may be substituted with a C1-C6 alkyl group(s), a phenyl group and a morpholino group), a C2-C8 alkenyl group, a C2-C8 alkynyl group, or a C3-C8 cycloalkyl group.
23. The compound or pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof according to claim 1, wherein R3 is a C1-C6 alkyl group substituted with a substituent(s) selected from the following group (wherein said group consists of an amino group which may be substituted with one or two C1-C6 alkyl groups, and a C1-C6 alkoxy group), or a C3-C5 cycloalkyl group.
24. A pharmaceutical preparation comprising the compound or pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof according to any one of claims 1 to 23.
25. The pharmaceutical preparation according to claim 24, which is a therapeutic agent for an autoimmune disease such as Crohn's disease, irritable colitis, Sjogren's syndrome, multiple sclerosis or systemic lupus erythematosus, rheumatoid arthritis, asthma, atopic dermatitis, rejection after organ transplantation, cancer, retinopathy, psoriasis, osteoarthritis or age-related macular degeneration.
26. A compound represented by formula (II) or a salt thereof:
Figure US20090182144A1-20090716-C00417
(wherein R1, R2 and R3 are as defined above in claim 1, and Y4 and Y5 each represent a nitrogen atom or the formula CR17 (wherein R17 represents a hydrogen atom, a C1-C6 alkyl group, a phenyl group, or a halogen atom), provided that either of Y4 and Y5 is a nitrogen atom).
27. The compound or salt thereof according to claim 26, wherein in formula (II), Y4 is CH, and Y5 is a nitrogen atom.
28. The compound or salt thereof according to claim 26, wherein R1 is a C1-C6 alkyl group which may be substituted with a halogen atom(s), or a benzyl group which may be substituted with a substituent(s) selected from the group consisting of a halogen atom and a C1-C6 alkyl group.
29. The compound or salt thereof according to claim 26, wherein R1 is a methyl group, an ethyl group or a benzyl group which may be substituted with a halogen atom(s).
30. The compound or salt thereof according to claim 26, wherein R1 is a methyl group or an ethyl group.
31. The compound or salt thereof according to claim 26, wherein R2 is a C1-C6 alkyl group or a C3-C8 cycloalkyl group.
32. The compound or salt thereof according to claim 26, wherein R2 is an ethyl group or a cyclopropyl group.
33. The compound or salt thereof according to claim 26, wherein R3 is a phenyl group, a naphthyl group, a pyrazolyl group, a pyridyl group, an indolyl group, a benzothiazolyl group, a benzothiadiazolyl group, a pyrazolopyrimidinyl group, a quinolinyl group, an isoquinolinyl group, a benzothienyl group or a dihydroquinolinonyl group, wherein these groups may each be substituted with 1 to 3 substituents selected from the following group [wherein said group consists of substituents listed below: a C1-C6 alkyl group which may be substituted with a fluorine atom(s), a C3-C8 cycloalkyl group, a halogen atom, a C1-C6 alkoxy group (wherein said alkoxy group may be substituted with a substituent(s) selected from the group consisting of a fluorine atom, a phenyl group, an amino group substituted with two C1-C4 alkyl groups and a morpholino group), a phenoxy group, a phenyl group, a carboxyl group, a C2-C10 alkoxycarbonyl group, a hydroxyl group, a C2-C7 monocyclic saturated hydrocarbon group containing a nitrogen atom(s) as a ring member(s) (wherein said saturated hydrocarbon group may be substituted with a C1-C6 alkyl group(s)), a nitrogen-containing monocyclic unsaturated hydrocarbon group, a morpholinyl group which may be substituted with a C1-C6 alkyl group(s), a piperazino group which may be substituted with a substituent(s) selected from the following group [wherein said group consists of a C1-C6 alkyl group (wherein said alkyl group may be substituted with an amino group which may be substituted with one or two C1-C6 alkyl groups, a morpholino group, a hydroxyl group, or a C1-C6 alkoxy group), a formyl group, a C2-C7 alkanoyl group, a carbamoyl group which may be substituted with one or two C1-C4 alkyl groups, an aminosulfonyl group which may be substituted with one or two C1-C6 alkyl groups, and a C1-C6 alkylsulfonyl group], and the formula:

—NR7R8
wherein R7 and R8 each represent a hydrogen atom, a C1-C6 alkyl group (wherein said alkyl group may be substituted with an amino group which may be substituted with one or two C1-C6 alkyl groups, a hydroxyl group, or a C1-C6 alkoxy group), a C1-C6 alkanoyl group, a carbamoyl group which may be substituted with one or two C1-C4 alkyl groups, a morpholinocarbonyl group, an aminosulfonyl group which may be substituted with one or two C1-C6 alkyl groups, or a C1-C6 alkylsulfonyl group, or alternatively, R7 and R8 optionally form, together with the nitrogen atom to which R7 and R5 are attached, a 3- to 8-membered saturated hydrocarbon ring, wherein said ring may be substituted with a substituent(s) selected from the group consisting of a dimethylenedioxy group, an oxo group and a hydroxyl group].
34. The compound or salt thereof according to claim 26, wherein R3 is a 2-naphthyl group (wherein said naphthyl group may be substituted with a substituent(s) selected from the group consisting of a halogen atom and a C1-C6 alkyl group), a 3-pyrazolyl group (wherein said pyrazolyl group may be substituted with a substituent(s) selected from the group consisting of a C1-C6 alkyl group, a trifluoromethyl group and a halogen atom), or a 5-benzothiazolyl, 5-benzothiadiazolyl, 7-dihydroquinolinonyl, 7-isoquinolinyl, 7-quinolinyl, 3-pyridyl or indolyl group which may be substituted with a C1-C6 alkyl group(s), an unsubstituted phenyl group, or a substituted phenyl group shown in (A) to (C) below:
(A) a phenyl group whose 4-position is substituted with a substituent selected from the group consisting of a C1-C6 alkyl group, a C3-C8 cycloalkyl group, a C1-C6 alkoxy group (wherein said alkoxy group may be substituted with a substituent(s) selected from the group consisting of an amino group substituted with two C1-C4 alkyl groups, a morpholino group and a phenyl group), a halogen atom, a trifluoromethoxy group, a phenoxy group, a phenyl group, a 1-pyrrolyl group, and —NRARB (wherein RA and RB are each a C1-C6 alkyl group, or RA and RB optionally form, together with the nitrogen atom to which RA and RB are attached, a 3- to 5-membered saturated hydrocarbon ring), and further whose 3-position may be substituted with a substituent selected from the group consisting of a C1-C6 alkyl group, a halogen atom and a C1-C6 alkoxy group,
(B) a phenyl group whose 3-position is substituted with a substituent selected from the group consisting of a hydroxyl group, a C1-C6 alkyl group and a C1-C6 alkoxy group (wherein said alkoxy group may be substituted with a substituent(s) selected from the group consisting of an amino group substituted with two C1-C4 alkyl groups, a morpholino group and a phenyl group), and further which may be substituted with one or two C1-C6 alkyl groups or whose 4-position may be substituted with a halogen atom, and
(C) a phenyl group whose 3-position is substituted with a substituent selected from the group consisting of nitrogen-containing groups shown in (i) to (v) below, and further whose 4-position may be substituted with a halogen atom:
(i) a C2-C7 monocyclic saturated hydrocarbon group containing a nitrogen atom(s) as a ring member(s) (wherein said saturated hydrocarbon group may be substituted with a C1-C6 alkyl group(s)),
(ii) a nitrogen-containing monocyclic unsaturated hydrocarbon group,
(iii) a morpholinyl group which may be substituted with a C1-C6 alkyl group(s),
(iv) a piperazino group [wherein said piperazino group may be substituted with a C1-C6 alkyl group which may be substituted with a substituent(s) selected from the following group (wherein said group consists of an amino group substituted with two C1-C4 alkyl groups and a morpholino group) or a C2-C7 alkanoyl group], and
(v) the formula —NR7R8
wherein R7 and R8 each represent a hydrogen atom, a C1-C6 alkyl group (wherein said alkyl group may be substituted with an amino group which may be substituted with one or two C1-C6 alkyl groups, a morpholino group, a hydroxyl group, or a C1-C6 alkoxy group), a C1-C6 alkanoyl group, a carbamoyl group which may be substituted with one or two C1-C4 alkyl groups, a morpholinocarbonyl group, an aminosulfonyl group which may be substituted with one or two C1-C6 alkyl groups, or a C1-C6 alkylsulfonyl group, or alternatively, R7 and R8 optionally form, together with the nitrogen atom to which R7 and R8 are attached, a 3- to 8-membered saturated hydrocarbon ring, wherein said ring may be substituted with a substituent(s) selected from the group consisting of a dimethylenedioxy group, an oxo group and a hydroxyl group.
35. The compound or salt thereof according to claim 26, wherein R3 is a C1-C18 alkyl group which may be substituted with a substituent(s) selected from the following group (wherein said group consists of a halogen atom, an amino group which may be substituted with one or two C1-C6 alkyl groups, a C1-C6 alkoxy group, a piperazino group which may be substituted with a C1-C6 alkyl group(s), a phenyl group and a morpholino group), a C2-C8 alkenyl group, a C2-C8 alkynyl group, or a C3-C8 cycloalkyl group.
US12/278,477 2006-02-06 2007-02-06 Binding inhibitor of sphingosine-1-phosphate Expired - Fee Related US7994204B2 (en)

Applications Claiming Priority (3)

Application Number Priority Date Filing Date Title
JP2006028973 2006-02-06
JP2006-028973 2006-02-06
PCT/JP2007/052052 WO2007091570A1 (en) 2006-02-06 2007-02-06 Binding inhibitor of sphingosine-1-phosphate

Publications (2)

Publication Number Publication Date
US20090182144A1 true US20090182144A1 (en) 2009-07-16
US7994204B2 US7994204B2 (en) 2011-08-09

Family

ID=38345166

Family Applications (1)

Application Number Title Priority Date Filing Date
US12/278,477 Expired - Fee Related US7994204B2 (en) 2006-02-06 2007-02-06 Binding inhibitor of sphingosine-1-phosphate

Country Status (9)

Country Link
US (1) US7994204B2 (en)
EP (1) EP1988081B1 (en)
JP (1) JP5218737B2 (en)
CN (1) CN101415687B (en)
ES (1) ES2393621T3 (en)
HK (1) HK1131127A1 (en)
PL (1) PL1988081T3 (en)
RU (1) RU2395499C2 (en)
WO (1) WO2007091570A1 (en)

Cited By (4)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
US20090131438A1 (en) * 2004-08-04 2009-05-21 Taisho Pharmaceutical Co., Ltd Triazole derivative
US20100041655A1 (en) * 2006-02-03 2010-02-18 Naoya Ono Triazole derivative
US20130217651A1 (en) * 2012-02-21 2013-08-22 Allergan, Inc. Phenoxy derivatives as sphingosine 1-phosphate (s1p) receptor modulators
US9029388B2 (en) 2011-03-16 2015-05-12 Takeda Pharmaceutical Company Limited Condensed heterocyclic compound

Families Citing this family (10)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
WO2007091570A1 (en) 2006-02-06 2007-08-16 Taisho Pharmaceutical Co., Ltd. Binding inhibitor of sphingosine-1-phosphate
ATE554070T1 (en) * 2007-08-01 2012-05-15 Taisho Pharmaceutical Co Ltd S1P1 BINDING INHIBITORS
US8212010B2 (en) 2008-02-25 2012-07-03 Expression Drug Designs, Llc Sphingosine 1-phosphate antagonism
EP2262528A2 (en) * 2008-02-25 2010-12-22 Expression Drug Designs, Llc. Sphingosine 1-phosphate antagonism
WO2012039972A1 (en) * 2010-09-21 2012-03-29 Eisai R&D Management Co., Ltd. Pharmaceutical composition
AU2013222540A1 (en) * 2012-02-21 2014-09-18 Allergan, Inc. Sulfinylbenzyl and thiobenzyl derivatives as sphingosine 1-phosphate (S1P) receptor modulators
AU2013222574A1 (en) * 2012-02-21 2014-09-18 Allergan, Inc. Phenoxy-azetidine derivatives as sphingosine 1-phosphate (S1P) receptor modulators
DK3466930T3 (en) 2013-02-08 2022-09-05 Gen Mills Inc FOOD PRODUCT WITH REDUCED SODIUM CONTENT
JP6487430B2 (en) * 2013-10-21 2019-03-20 メルク パテント ゲゼルシャフト ミット ベシュレンクテル ハフツングMerck Patent Gesellschaft mit beschraenkter Haftung Heteroaryl compounds as BTK inhibitors and their use
KR20200116953A (en) 2018-02-02 2020-10-13 고쿠리츠 다이가쿠 호진 교토 다이가쿠 Medications for the prevention or treatment of ophthalmic diseases accompanying intraocular angiogenesis and/or hyperintraocular vascular permeability

Citations (15)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
US614463A (en) * 1898-11-22 grove
US5151789A (en) * 1989-10-30 1992-09-29 Insight Telecast, Inc. System and method for automatic, unattended recording of cable television programs
US5516783A (en) * 1992-02-11 1996-05-14 British Biotech Pharmaceuticals Limited 4-(1H-2-methylimidazo[4,5-c]pyridinylmethyl)phenylsulphonamide derivatives as antagonist of PAF
US5910506A (en) * 1994-09-26 1999-06-08 Shionogi & Co., Ltd. Imidazole derivatives as anti-HIV agents
US20020099845A1 (en) * 2001-01-19 2002-07-25 Passanisi Brandon J. Java embedded server module for forte for java IDE
US20020166123A1 (en) * 2001-03-02 2002-11-07 Microsoft Corporation Enhanced television services for digital video recording and playback
US20030106056A1 (en) * 2001-11-30 2003-06-05 Naimpally Saiprasad V. System and method for carriage of program-related information in vertical blanking interval (VBI) of video output signal of program guide-Equipped video equipment
US20030145338A1 (en) * 2002-01-31 2003-07-31 Actv, Inc. System and process for incorporating, retrieving and displaying an enhanced flash movie
US20030229125A1 (en) * 2001-06-23 2003-12-11 Klaus Haaf Herbicidal substituted pyridines, their preparation, and their use as herbicides and plant growth regulators
US20050124654A1 (en) * 2003-04-10 2005-06-09 Amgen Inc. Compounds and methods of use
US20050138668A1 (en) * 2003-12-19 2005-06-23 Bellsouth Intellectual Property Corporation System and method for enhanced hot key delivery
US7194753B1 (en) * 1999-04-15 2007-03-20 Microsoft Corporation System and method for efficiently tuning to channels of a variety of different broadcast types
US7409140B2 (en) * 2001-05-11 2008-08-05 Scientific-Atlanta, Inc. Channel buffering and display management system for multi-tuner set-top box
US7512964B2 (en) * 2001-06-29 2009-03-31 Cisco Technology System and method for archiving multiple downloaded recordable media content
US20090131438A1 (en) * 2004-08-04 2009-05-21 Taisho Pharmaceutical Co., Ltd Triazole derivative

Family Cites Families (26)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
JPH05194412A (en) 1991-12-28 1993-08-03 Advance Co Ltd Diazoline compound
EP1276729B1 (en) 2000-04-06 2008-07-09 AstraZeneca AB New neurokinin antagonists for use as medicaments
EP1315735A4 (en) 2000-08-31 2005-04-06 Merck & Co Inc Phosphate derivatives as immunoregulatory agents
JP2002212070A (en) 2001-01-24 2002-07-31 Ono Pharmaceut Co Ltd Sphingosine-1-phosphate antagonist comprising aspartic acid derivative as active ingredient
JP2002332278A (en) 2001-05-08 2002-11-22 Human Science Shinko Zaidan Heterocyclic derivative having edg receptor antagonizing activity
ES2316613T3 (en) 2001-05-10 2009-04-16 Ono Pharmaceutical Co., Ltd. DERIVATIVES OF CRBOXILIC ACID AND PHARMACEUTICAL COMPOSITIONS CONTAINING THE SAME AS ACTIVE INGREDIENT.
GB0113524D0 (en) 2001-06-04 2001-07-25 Hoffmann La Roche Pyrazole derivatives
JP4035759B2 (en) 2001-11-06 2008-01-23 独立行政法人産業技術総合研究所 Aminoalcohol phosphate compound, production method, and method of use thereof
CA2477423A1 (en) 2002-03-01 2003-09-12 Merck & Co., Inc. Aminoalkylphosphonates and related compounds as edg receptor agonists
WO2003074008A2 (en) 2002-03-01 2003-09-12 Merck & Co., Inc. Aminoalkylphosphonates and related compounds as edg receptor agonists
PL372103A1 (en) 2002-05-16 2005-07-11 Novartis Ag Use of edg receptor binding agents in cancer
WO2003105771A2 (en) 2002-06-17 2003-12-24 Merck & Co., Inc. 1-((5-aryl-1,2,4-oxadiazol-3-yl)benzyl)azetidine-3-carboxylates and 1-((5-aryl-1,2,4-oxadiazol-3-yl)benzyl)pyrrolidine-3-carboxylates as edg receptor agonists
EP1539674A1 (en) 2002-09-13 2005-06-15 Novartis AG Amino-propanol derivatives
WO2004058149A2 (en) 2002-12-20 2004-07-15 Merck & Co., Inc. 1-(amino)indanes and (1,2-dihydro-3-amino)-benzofurans, benzothiophenes and indoles
TW200423930A (en) 2003-02-18 2004-11-16 Hoffmann La Roche Non-nucleoside reverse transcriptase inhibitors
JP2006522745A (en) 2003-04-11 2006-10-05 ノボ ノルディスク アクティーゼルスカブ Pharmaceutical use of substituted 1,2,4-triazoles
JP2006528980A (en) 2003-05-15 2006-12-28 メルク エンド カムパニー インコーポレーテッド 3- (2-Amino-1-azacyclo) -5-aryl-1,2,4-oxadiazoles as S1P receptor agonists
WO2005123677A1 (en) 2004-06-16 2005-12-29 Actelion Pharmaceuticals Ltd 4-carbonyl substituted 1,1,2-trimethyl-1a,4,5,5a-tetrahydro-1h-4-aza-cyclopropa'a!pentalene derivatives as agonists for the g-protein-coupled receptor s1p1/edg1 and immunosuppressive agents
BRPI0500778B1 (en) 2005-02-03 2014-07-29 Krupinite Corp Ltd Chemical processing of tantalum-niobium-containing raw material
ES2316060T3 (en) 2005-03-16 2009-04-01 Basf Se BIFENIL-N- (4-PIRIDIL) METHYLOSUFONAMIDS.
TW200736234A (en) 2006-01-17 2007-10-01 Astrazeneca Ab Chemical compounds
PL1988083T3 (en) 2006-02-03 2014-08-29 Taisho Pharmaceutical Co Ltd Triazole derivative
WO2007091570A1 (en) 2006-02-06 2007-08-16 Taisho Pharmaceutical Co., Ltd. Binding inhibitor of sphingosine-1-phosphate
US8097644B2 (en) 2006-03-28 2012-01-17 Allergan, Inc. Indole compounds having sphingosine-1-phosphate (S1P) receptor antagonist
EP2013184A1 (en) 2006-04-21 2009-01-14 AstraZeneca AB Sulfonamide compounds useful as edg receptor modulators
JP2009534366A (en) 2006-04-21 2009-09-24 アストラゼネカ アクチボラグ Imidazole derivatives for use as EDG-1 antagonists

Patent Citations (16)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
US614463A (en) * 1898-11-22 grove
US5151789A (en) * 1989-10-30 1992-09-29 Insight Telecast, Inc. System and method for automatic, unattended recording of cable television programs
US5516783A (en) * 1992-02-11 1996-05-14 British Biotech Pharmaceuticals Limited 4-(1H-2-methylimidazo[4,5-c]pyridinylmethyl)phenylsulphonamide derivatives as antagonist of PAF
US5910506A (en) * 1994-09-26 1999-06-08 Shionogi & Co., Ltd. Imidazole derivatives as anti-HIV agents
US6147097A (en) * 1994-09-26 2000-11-14 Shionogi & Co., Ltd. Imidazole derivatives as anti-HIV agents
US7194753B1 (en) * 1999-04-15 2007-03-20 Microsoft Corporation System and method for efficiently tuning to channels of a variety of different broadcast types
US20020099845A1 (en) * 2001-01-19 2002-07-25 Passanisi Brandon J. Java embedded server module for forte for java IDE
US20020166123A1 (en) * 2001-03-02 2002-11-07 Microsoft Corporation Enhanced television services for digital video recording and playback
US7409140B2 (en) * 2001-05-11 2008-08-05 Scientific-Atlanta, Inc. Channel buffering and display management system for multi-tuner set-top box
US20030229125A1 (en) * 2001-06-23 2003-12-11 Klaus Haaf Herbicidal substituted pyridines, their preparation, and their use as herbicides and plant growth regulators
US7512964B2 (en) * 2001-06-29 2009-03-31 Cisco Technology System and method for archiving multiple downloaded recordable media content
US20030106056A1 (en) * 2001-11-30 2003-06-05 Naimpally Saiprasad V. System and method for carriage of program-related information in vertical blanking interval (VBI) of video output signal of program guide-Equipped video equipment
US20030145338A1 (en) * 2002-01-31 2003-07-31 Actv, Inc. System and process for incorporating, retrieving and displaying an enhanced flash movie
US20050124654A1 (en) * 2003-04-10 2005-06-09 Amgen Inc. Compounds and methods of use
US20050138668A1 (en) * 2003-12-19 2005-06-23 Bellsouth Intellectual Property Corporation System and method for enhanced hot key delivery
US20090131438A1 (en) * 2004-08-04 2009-05-21 Taisho Pharmaceutical Co., Ltd Triazole derivative

Cited By (7)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
US20090131438A1 (en) * 2004-08-04 2009-05-21 Taisho Pharmaceutical Co., Ltd Triazole derivative
US8022225B2 (en) 2004-08-04 2011-09-20 Taisho Pharmaceutical Co., Ltd Triazole derivative
US20100041655A1 (en) * 2006-02-03 2010-02-18 Naoya Ono Triazole derivative
US8022091B2 (en) 2006-02-03 2011-09-20 Taisho Pharmaceutical Co., Ltd. Triazole derivative
US9029388B2 (en) 2011-03-16 2015-05-12 Takeda Pharmaceutical Company Limited Condensed heterocyclic compound
US20130217651A1 (en) * 2012-02-21 2013-08-22 Allergan, Inc. Phenoxy derivatives as sphingosine 1-phosphate (s1p) receptor modulators
US8754066B2 (en) * 2012-02-21 2014-06-17 Allergan, Inc. Phenoxy derivatives as sphingosine 1-phosphate (S1P) receptor modulators

Also Published As

Publication number Publication date
RU2395499C2 (en) 2010-07-27
EP1988081B1 (en) 2012-10-17
EP1988081A4 (en) 2010-12-22
CN101415687A (en) 2009-04-22
US7994204B2 (en) 2011-08-09
PL1988081T3 (en) 2013-03-29
WO2007091570A1 (en) 2007-08-16
HK1131127A1 (en) 2010-01-15
EP1988081A1 (en) 2008-11-05
ES2393621T3 (en) 2012-12-26
JPWO2007091570A1 (en) 2009-07-02
RU2008135995A (en) 2010-03-20
JP5218737B2 (en) 2013-06-26
CN101415687B (en) 2012-02-08

Similar Documents

Publication Publication Date Title
US7994204B2 (en) Binding inhibitor of sphingosine-1-phosphate
US8022091B2 (en) Triazole derivative
US9180123B2 (en) N-link hydroxamic acid derivatives useful as antibacterial agents
EP0907650B1 (en) N- 4-(heteroarylmethyl)phenyl]-heteroarylamines
US20090131438A1 (en) Triazole derivative
CA2680292C (en) Intermediates useful for the preparation of n-substituted carbamoyloxyalkyl-azolium derivatives
US20070027322A1 (en) N-substituted carbamoyloxyalkyl-azolium derivatives
WO2010093845A1 (en) Triazole and imidazole derivatives for use as tgr5 agonists in the treatment of diabetes and obesity
TW202328106A (en) Indole compounds and methods of use
EP0519996A1 (en) Imidazoles
JPH0649033A (en) Optically active azole compound and its use
US20060009645A1 (en) Naphthylene derivatives as cytochrome P450 inhibitors
KR20030025931A (en) 2-Aminothiazoline derivatives and their use as NO-synthase inhibitors
US8048898B2 (en) Inhibitor of binding of S1P1
US20190315767A1 (en) Tricyclic ask1 inhibitors
US11945811B2 (en) Potassium channel inhibitors
JPH1180135A (en) Antifungal triazol compound
JP2005298333A (en) Novel triazole derivative and antimycotic agent having the same as active ingredient

Legal Events

Date Code Title Description
AS Assignment

Owner name: TAISHO PHARMACEUTICAL CO., LTD., JAPAN

Free format text: ASSIGNMENT OF ASSIGNORS INTEREST;ASSIGNORS:ONO, NAOYA;TAKAYAMA, TETSUO;SHIOZAWA, FUMIYASU;AND OTHERS;REEL/FRAME:021348/0847

Effective date: 20080723

FEPP Fee payment procedure

Free format text: PAYOR NUMBER ASSIGNED (ORIGINAL EVENT CODE: ASPN); ENTITY STATUS OF PATENT OWNER: LARGE ENTITY

REMI Maintenance fee reminder mailed
LAPS Lapse for failure to pay maintenance fees
STCH Information on status: patent discontinuation

Free format text: PATENT EXPIRED DUE TO NONPAYMENT OF MAINTENANCE FEES UNDER 37 CFR 1.362

FP Lapsed due to failure to pay maintenance fee

Effective date: 20150809